Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER SEVENTEEN

The Pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu in His Youth

The seventeenth chapter, as summarized by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, describes Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes from His sixteenth year until the time He accepted the renounced order of life. Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has already vividly described these pastimes in the Caitanya-bhāgavata; therefore Kṛṣṇa dāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī describes them only briefly. Vivid descriptions of some portions of His pastimes are seen in this chapter, however, because Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has not elaborately described them.
In this chapter we shall find descriptions of the mango distribution festival and Lord Caitanya’s discourses with Chand Kazi. Finally, the chapter shows that the same son of mother Yaśodā, Lord Kṛṣṇa, tasted four transcendental mellows of devotional service in His form of Śacīnandana, the son of mother Śacī. To understand Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī’s ecstatic love for Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa assumed the form of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The attitude of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is considered the superexcellent devotional mentality. As Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Kṛṣṇa Himself assumed the position of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī to taste Her ecstatic situation. No one else could do this.
When Śrī Kṛṣṇa assumed the form of the four-armed Nārāyaṇa, the gopīs showed their respect, but they were not very interested in Him. In the ecstatic love of the gopīs, all worshipable forms but Kṛṣṇa are rejected. Among all the gopīs, Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī has the highest ecstatic love. When Kṛṣṇa in His form of Nārāyaṇa saw Rādhārāṇī, He could not keep His position as Nārāyaṇa and again assumed the form of Kṛṣṇa.
The King of Vrajabhūmi is Nanda Mahārāja, and the same person in Navadvīpa is Jagannātha Miśra, the father of Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Similarly, mother Yaśodā is the Queen of Vrajabhūmi, and in the pastimes of Lord Caitanya she is Śacīmātā. Therefore the son of Śacī is the son of Yaśodā. Śrī Nityānanda occupies an ecstatic position of parental love in servitude and fraternal attraction. Śrī Advaita Prabhu exhibits the ecstasy of both fraternity and servitude. All the Lord’s other associates, situated in their original love, engage in the service of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
The same Absolute Truth who enjoys as Kṛṣṇa, Śyāmasundara, who plays His flute and dances with the gopīs, sometimes takes birth in a brāhmaṇa family and plays the part of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, accepting the renounced order of life. It appears contradictory that the same Kṛṣṇa accepted the ecstasy of the gopīs, and of course this is very difficult for an ordinary person to understand. But if we accept the inconceivable energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we can understand that everything is possible. There is no need of mundane arguments in this connection, because mundane arguments are meaningless in regard to inconceivable potency.
At the end of the seventeenth chapter, Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī, following in the footsteps of Śrīla Vyāsadeva, has summarized all the ādi-līlā pastimes separately.
বন্দে স্বৈরাদ্ভুতেহং তং চৈতন্যং যৎপ্রসাদতঃ ।
যবনাঃ সুমনায়ন্তে কৃষ্ণনামপ্রজল্পকাঃ ॥ ১ ॥
vande svairādbhutehaṁ taṁ
caitanyaṁ yat-prasādataḥ
yavanāḥ sumanāyante
kṛṣṇa-nāma-prajalpakāḥ

Synonyms

vandelet me offer my obeisances; svairacompletely independent; adbhutaand uncommon; īhamwhose activities; tamunto Him; caitanyamŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yatof whom; prasādataḥby the mercy; yavanāḥeven the unclean; sumanāyanteare transformed into gentlemen; kṛṣṇa-nāmaof the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; prajalpakāḥtaking to the chanting.

Translation

Let me offer my respectful obeisances to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, by whose mercy even unclean yavanas become perfectly well bred gentlemen by chanting the holy name of the Lord. Such is the power of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Purport

There is a persistent misunderstanding between caste brāhmaṇas and advanced Vaiṣṇavas, or gosvāmīs, because caste brāhmaṇas, or smārtas, are of the opinion that one cannot become a brāhmaṇa unless he changes his body. As we have discussed several times, it is to be understood that by the supremely powerful potency of the Lord, as described by Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī, everything is possible. Caitanya Mahāprabhu is as fully independent as Kṛṣṇa. Therefore no one can interfere with His activities. If He wants, by His mercy He can convert even a yavana, an unclean follower of non-Vedic principles, into a perfectly well behaved gentleman. This is actually happening in our propagation of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. The members of the present Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement were not born in India, nor do they belong to the Vedic culture, but within the short time of four or five years they have become such wonderful devotees simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra that even in India they are well received as perfectly well behaved Vaiṣṇavas wherever they go.
Although less intelligent men cannot understand it, this is the special power of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Actually, the body of a Kṛṣṇa conscious person changes in many ways. Even in the United States, when our devotees chant on the street, American ladies and gentlemen inquire from them whether they are actually Americans because no one could expect Americans to become such nice devotees all of a sudden. Even Christian priests are greatly surprised that all these boys from Jewish and Christian families have joined this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement; before joining, they never regarded any principles of religion seriously, but now they have become sincere devotees of the Lord. Everywhere people express this astonishment, and we take great pride in the transcendental behavior of our students. Such wonders are possible, however, only by the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. They are not ordinary or mundane.
জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jayaall glories; śrī-caitanyato Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jayaall glories; nityānandato Lord Nityānanda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candraall glories to Advaita Ācārya; jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛndaall glories to the devotees of Lord Caitanya.

Translation

All glories to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Ācārya! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!
কৈশোর–লীলার সূত্র করিল গণন ।
যৌবনলীলার সূত্র করি অনুক্রম ॥ ৩ ॥
kaiśora-līlāra sūtra karila gaṇana
yauvana-līlāra sūtra kari anukrama

Synonyms

kaiśora-līlāraof the activities before His youth; sūtrasynopsis; karilaI have done; gaṇanaan enumeration; yauvana-līlāraof the pastimes of youth; sūtrasynopsis; kariI enumerate; anukramain chronological order.

Translation

I have already given a synopsis of the kaiśora-līlā of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Now let me enumerate His youthful pastimes in chronological order.
বিদ্যা–সৌন্দর্য–সদ্বেশ–সম্ভোগ–নৃত্য–কীৰ্তনৈঃ ।
প্রেমনামপ্রদানৈশ্চ গৌরো দীব্যতি যৌবনে ॥ ৪ ॥
vidyā-saundarya-sad-veśa-
sambhoga-nṛtya-kīrtanaiḥ
prema-nāma-pradānaiś ca
gauro dīvyati yauvane

Synonyms

vidyāeducation; saundaryabeauty; sat-veśanice dress; sambhogaenjoyment; nṛtyadancing; kīrtanaiḥby chanting; prema-nāmathe holy name of the Lord, which induces one to become a devotee; pradānaiḥby distributing; caand; gauraḥLord Śrī Gaurasundara; dīvyatiilluminated; yauvanein His youth.

Translation

Exhibiting His scholarship, beauty and fine dress, Lord Caitanya danced and chanted as He distributed the holy name of the Lord to awaken dormant love of Kṛṣṇa. Thus Lord Śrī Gaurasundara shone in His youthful pastimes.
যৌবন–প্রবেশে অঙ্গের অঙ্গ বিভূষণ ।
দিব্য বস্ত্র, দিব্য বেশ, মাল্য–চন্দন ॥ ৫ ॥
yauvana-praveśe aṅgera aṅga vibhūṣaṇa
divya vastra, divya veśa, mālya-candana

Synonyms

yauvana-praveśeon the entrance of His youth; aṅgeraof the body; aṅgalimbs; vibhūṣaṇaornaments; divyatranscendental; vastragarments; divyatranscendental; veśadress; mālyagarland; candana(smeared with) sandalwood pulp.

Translation

As He entered His youth, the Lord decorated Himself with ornaments, dressed Himself in fine cloth, garlanded Himself with flowers and smeared Himself with sandalwood.
বিদ্যার ঔদ্ধত্যে কাঁহো না করে গণন ।
সকল পণ্ডিত জিনি’ করে অধ্যাপন ॥ ৬ ॥
vidyāra auddhatye kāhoṅ nā kare gaṇana
sakala paṇḍita jini’ kare adhyāpana

Synonyms

vidyāra auddhatyebecause of pride in education; kāhoṅanyone; does not; karedo; gaṇanacare; sakalaall; paṇḍitalearned scholars; jini’conquering; karedoes; adhyāpanastudies.

Translation

By dint of pride in His education, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, not caring for anyone else, defeated all kinds of learned scholars while executing His studies.
বায়ুব্যাধিচ্ছলে কৈল প্রেম পরকাশ ।
ভক্তগণ লঞা কৈল বিবিধ বিলাস ॥ ৭ ॥
vāyu-vyādhi-cchale kaila prema parakāśa
bhakta-gaṇa lañā kaila vividha vilāsa

Synonyms

vāyu-vyādhidisease caused by disturbance of the air in the body; chaleon the plea of; kailamade; premalove of Godhead; parakāśamanifestation; bhakta-gaṇathe devotees; lañātaking with Him; kailadid; vividhavarieties of; vilāsapastimes.

Translation

In His youth the Lord exhibited His ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa on the plea of disturbances of the bodily airs. Accompanied by His confidential devotees, He enjoyed various pastimes in this way.

Purport

According to Āyur-vedic treatment, the entire physiological system is conducted by three elements, namely vāyu, pitta and kapha (air, bile and mucus). Secretions within the body transform into other secretions like blood, urine and stool, but if there are disturbances in the metabolism, the secretions turn into kapha (mucus) by the influence of the air within the body. According to the Āyur-vedic system, when the secretion of bile and formation of mucus disturb the air circulating within the body, fifty-nine varieties of diseases may occur. One such disease is craziness.
On the plea of disturbance of the bodily air and metabolism, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu acted as if crazy. Thus in His school He began to explain the grammar of verbs through Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Explaining everything in grammar in relationship to Kṛṣṇa, the Lord induced His students to refrain from worldly education, for it is better to become Kṛṣṇa conscious and in this way attain the highest perfectional platform of education. On these grounds, Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī later compiled the grammar entitled Hari-nāmāmṛta-vyākaraṇa. People in general consider such explanations crazy. Therefore the Lord’s purpose in His attitude of craziness was to explain that there is nothing within our experience but Kṛṣṇa consciousness, for everything may be dovetailed with Kṛṣṇa consciousness. These pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu have been very vividly described in the Caitanya-bhāgavata, Madhya-līlā, chapter one.
তবেত করিলা প্রভু গয়াতে গমন ।
ঈশ্বরপুরীর সঙ্গে তথাই মিলন ॥ ৮ ॥
tabeta karilā prabhu gayāte gamana
īśvara-purīra saṅge tathāi milana

Synonyms

tabetathereafter; karilādid; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gayāteto Gayā; gamanatravel; īśvara-purīra saṅgewith Īśvara Purī; tathāithere; milanameeting.

Translation

Thereafter the Lord went to Gayā. There He met Śrīla Īśvara Purī.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Gayā to offer respectful oblations to His forefathers. This process is called piṇḍa-dāna. In Vedic society, after the death of a relative, especially one’s father or mother, one must go to Gayā and there offer oblations to the lotus feet of Lord Viṣṇu. Therefore hundreds and thousands of men gather in Gayā daily to offer such oblations, or śrāddha. Following this principle, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu also went there to offer piṇḍa to His dead father. Fortunately He met Īśvara Purī there.
দীক্ষা–অনন্তরে হৈল, প্রেমের প্রকাশ ।
দেশে আগমন পুনঃ প্রেমের বিলাস ॥ ৯ ॥
dīkṣā-anantare haila, premera prakāśa
deśe āgamana punaḥ premera vilāsa

Synonyms

dīkṣāinitiation; anantareimmediately after; hailabecame; premeraof love of Godhead; prakāśaexhibition; deśein His home country; āgamanacoming back; punaḥagain; premeraof love of God; vilāsaenjoyment.

Translation

In Gayā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was initiated by Īśvara Purī, and immediately afterwards He exhibited signs of love of Godhead. He again displayed such symptoms after returning home.

Purport

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Gayā, accompanied by many of His disciples, He became sick on the way. He had such a high fever that He asked His students to bring water that had washed the feet of brāhmaṇas, and when they brought it the Lord drank it and was cured. Therefore everyone should respect the position of a brāhmaṇa, as indicated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Neither the Lord nor His followers displayed any disrespect to brāhmaṇas.
The followers of the Lord must be prepared to offer brāhmaṇas all due respect. But preachers of Lord Caitanya’s cult object if someone presents himself as a brāhmaṇa without having the necessary qualifications. The followers of Lord Caitanya cannot blindly accept that everyone born in a brāhmaṇa family is a brāhmaṇa. Therefore one should not indiscriminately follow the Lord’s example of showing respect to brāhmaṇas by drinking water that has washed their feet. Gradually the brāhmaṇa families have become degraded because of the contamination of Kali-yuga. Thus they misguide people by exploiting their sentiments.
শচীকে প্রেমদান, তবে অদ্বৈত–মিলন ।
অদ্বৈত পাইল বিশ্বরূপ–দরশন ॥ ১০ ॥
śacīke prema-dāna, tabe advaita-milana
advaita pāila viśvarūpa-daraśana

Synonyms

śacīkeunto mother Śacīdevī; prema-dānagiving love of Godhead; tabethereafter; advaitawith Advaita Ācārya; milanameeting; advaitaAdvaita Ācārya; pāilareceived; viśva-rūpaof the universal form of the Lord; daraśanavision.

Translation

Thereafter the Lord delivered love of Kṛṣṇa to His mother, Śacīdevī, nullifying her offense at the feet of Advaita Ācārya. Thus there was a meeting with Advaita Ācārya, who later had a vision of the Lord’s universal form.

Purport

One day Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sitting on the throne of Viṣṇu in the house of Śrīvāsa Prabhu, and in a mood of His own He said, “My mother has offended the lotus feet of Advaita Ācārya. Unless she nullifies this offense at the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava, it will not be possible for her to achieve love of Kṛṣṇa.” Hearing this, all the devotees went to bring Advaita Ācārya there. While coming to see the Lord, Advaita Ācārya was glorifying the characteristics of mother Śacīdevī, and thus upon arriving He fell down on the ground in ecstasy. Then, under the instruction of Lord Caitanya, Śacīdevī took advantage of this situation to touch Advaita Ācārya’s lotus feet. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very much pleased by His mother’s action, and He said, “Now My mother’s offense at the lotus feet of Advaita Ācārya has been rectified, and she may have love of Kṛṣṇa without difficulty.” By this example Lord Caitanya taught everyone that although one may be very much advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, if one offends the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava his advancement will not bear fruit. We should therefore be very cautious not to offend a Vaiṣṇava. Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta has described such an offense as follows:
yadi vaiṣṇava-aparādha uṭhe hātī mātā
upāḍe vā chiṇḍe, tāra śukhi’ yāya pātā
(Cc. Madhya 19.156)
As a mad elephant may trample all the plants in a garden, so by committing one offense at the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava one may spoil all the devotional service he has accumulated in his life.
After this incident, one day Advaita Ācārya Prabhu requested Caitanya Mahāprabhu to display the universal form He had very kindly shown Arjuna. Lord Caitanya agreed to this proposal, and Advaita Prabhu was fortunate enough to see the universal form of the Lord.
প্রভুর অভিষেক তবে করিল শ্রীবাস ।
খাটে বসি’ প্রভু কৈলা ঐশ্বর্য প্রকাশ ॥ ১১ ॥
prabhura abhiṣeka tabe karila śrīvāsa
khāṭe vasi’ prabhu kailā aiśvarya prakāśa

Synonyms

prabhuraof the Lord; abhiṣekaworship; tabeafter that; kariladid; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa; khāṭeon the cot; vasi’sitting; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailādid; aiśvaryaopulence; prakāśamanifestation.

Translation

Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura then worshiped Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu by the process of abhiṣeka. Sitting on a cot, the Lord exhibited transcendental opulence.

Purport

Abhiṣeka is a special function for the installation of the Deity. In this ceremony the Deity is bathed with milk and water and then worshiped and given a change of dress. This abhiṣeka function was especially observed at the house of Śrīvāsa. All the devotees, according to their means, worshiped the Lord with all kinds of paraphernalia, and the Lord gave benedictions to each devotee according to his desire.
তবে নিত্যানন্দ–স্বরূপের আগমন ।
প্রভুকে মিলিয়া পাইল ষড়্‌ভুজ–দর্শন ॥ ১২ ॥
tabe nityānanda-svarūpera āgamana
prabhuke miliyā pāila ṣaḍ-bhuja-darśana

Synonyms

tabethereafter; nityānanda-svarūperaof the Personality of Godhead Nityānanda; āgamanaappearance; prabhukeLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; miliyāmeeting; pāilaobtained; ṣaṭ-bhuja-darśanaa vision of the six-armed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

After this function at the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, Nityānanda Prabhu appeared, and when He met with Lord Caitanya He got the opportunity to see Him in His six-armed form.

Purport

The form of Ṣaḍ-bhuja, the six-armed Lord Gaurasundara, is a representation of three incarnations. The form of Śrī Rāmacandra is symbolized by a bow in one hand and an arrow in another, the form of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is symbolized by a stick and a flute like those generally held by a cowherd boy, and Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is symbolized by a sannyāsa-daṇḍa and a kamaṇḍalu, or waterpot.
Śrīla Nityānanda Prabhu was born in the village of Ekacakrā, in the district of Birbhum, as the son of Padmāvatī and Hāḍāi Paṇḍita. In His childhood He played like Balarāma. When He was growing up, a sannyāsī came to the house of Hāḍāi Paṇḍita and begged to have the paṇḍita’s son as his brahmacārī assistant. Hāḍāi Paṇḍita immediately agreed and delivered his son to him, although the separation was greatly shocking, so much so that Hāḍāi lost his life after the separation. Nityānanda Prabhu traveled on many pilgrimages with the sannyāsī. It is said that for many days He lived at Mathurā with him, and at that time He heard about Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes in Navadvīpa. Therefore He came down to Bengal to see the Lord. When Lord Nityānanda came to Navadvīpa, He was a guest at the house of Nandana Ācārya. Understanding that Nityānanda Prabhu had arrived, Lord Caitanya sent His devotees to Him, and thus there was a meeting between Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu.
প্রথমে যড়্‌ভুজ তাঁরে দেখাইল ঈশ্বর ।
শঙ্খচক্রগদাপদ্ম–শার্ঙ্গবেণুধর ॥ ১৩ ॥
prathame ṣaḍ-bhuja tāṅre dekhāila īśvara
śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-padma-śārṅga-veṇu-dhara

Synonyms

prathameat first; ṣaṭ-bhujasix-armed; tāṅreunto Him; dekhāilashowed; īśvarathe Lord; śaṅkhaconchshell; cakradisc; gadāclub; padmalotus flower; śārṅgabow; veṇuflute; dharacarrying.

Translation

One day Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu exhibited to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu a six-armed form bearing a conchshell, disc, club, lotus flower, bow and flute.
তবে চতুর্ভুজ হৈলা, তিন অঙ্গ বক্র ।
দুই হস্তে বেণু বাজায়, দুয়ে শঙ্খ–চক্র ॥ ১৪ ॥
tabe catur-bhuja hailā, tina aṅga vakra
dui haste veṇu bājāya, duye śaṅkha-cakra

Synonyms

tabethereafter; catuḥ-bhujafour-armed; hailābecame; tinathree; aṅgabody; vakracurved; dui hastein two hands; veṇu bājāyablowing the flute; duyein two (hands); śaṅkha-cakraconchshell and disc.

Translation

Thereafter the Lord showed Him His four-armed form, standing in a three-curved posture. With two hands He played upon a flute, and in the other two He carried a conchshell and disc.
তবে ত’ দ্বিভুজ কেবল বংশীবদন ।
শ্যাম–অঙ্গ পীতবস্ত্র ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৫ ॥
tabe ta’ dvi-bhuja kevala vaṁśī-vadana
śyāma-aṅga pīta-vastra vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

tabethereafter; ta’certainly; dvi-bhujatwo-handed; kevalaonly; vaṁśīflute; vadanaon the mouth; śyāmabluish; aṅgabody; pīta-vastrayellow dress; vrajendra-nandanathe son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

Finally the Lord showed Nityānanda Prabhu His two-armed form of Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda, simply playing on His flute, His bluish body dressed in yellow garments.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya-maṅgala vividly elaborates upon this description.
তবে নিত্যানন্দ–গোসাঞির ব্যাস–পূজন ।
নিত্যানন্দাবেশে কৈল মুষল ধারণ ॥ ১৬ ॥
tabe nityānanda-gosāñira vyāsa-pūjana
nityānandāveśe kaila muṣala dhāraṇa

Synonyms

tabethereafter; nityānandaNityānanda; gosāñiraof the Lord; vyāsa-pūjanaworshiping Vyāsadeva or the spiritual master; nityānanda-āveśein the ecstasy of becoming Nityānanda; kailadid; muṣala dhāraṇacarrying a plowlike weapon called a muṣala.

Translation

Nityānanda Prabhu then arranged to offer Vyāsa-pūjā, or worship of the spiritual master, to Lord Śrī Gaurasundara. But Lord Caitanya carried the plowlike weapon called muṣala in the ecstasy of being Nityānanda Prabhu.

Purport

By the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Nityānanda Prabhu arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā of the Lord on the night of the full moon. He arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā, or guru-pūjā, through the agency of Vyāsadeva. Since Vyāsadeva is the original guru (spiritual master) of all who follow the Vedic principles, worship of the spiritual master is called Vyāsa-pūjā. Nityānanda Prabhu arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā, and saṅkīrtana was going on, but when He tried to put a garland on the shoulder of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, He saw Himself in Lord Caitanya. There is no difference between the spiritual positions of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu, or Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma. All of Them are but different manifestations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. During this special ceremony, all the devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu could understand that there is no difference between Lord Caitanya and Nityānanda Prabhu.
তবে শচী দেখিল, রামকৃষ্ণ—দুই ভাই ।
তবে নিস্তারিল প্রভু জগাই–মাধাই ॥ ১৭ ॥
tabe śacī dekhila, rāma-kṛṣṇa — dui bhāi
tabe nistārila prabhu jagāi-mādhāi

Synonyms

tabethereafter; śacīmother Śacīdevī; dekhilasaw; rāma-kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Balarāma; dui bhāitwo brothers; tabethereafter; nistāriladelivered; prabhuthe Lord; jagāi-mādhāithe two brothers Jagāi and Mādhāi.

Translation

Thereafter mother Śacīdevī saw the brothers Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma in Their manifestation of Lord Caitanya and Nityānanda. Then the Lord delivered the two brothers Jagāi and Mādhāi.

Purport

One night Śacīdevī dreamt that the Deities in her house, Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, had taken the forms of Caitanya and Nityānanda and were fighting one another, as children do, to eat the naivedya, or offering to the Deities. The next day, by the will of Lord Caitanya, Śacīdevī invited Nityānanda to take prasādam at her house. Thus Viśvambhara (Lord Caitanya) and Nityānanda were eating together, and Śacīdevī realized that They were none other than Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma. Seeing this, she fainted.
Jagāi and Mādhāi were two brothers born in Navadvīpa in a respectable brāhmaṇa family who later became addicted to all kinds of sinful activities. By the order of Lord Caitanya, both Nityānanda Prabhu and Haridāsa Ṭhākura used to preach the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness door to door. In the course of such preaching they found Jagāi and Mādhāi, two maddened drunken brothers, who, upon seeing them, began to chase them. On the next day, Mādhāi struck Nityānanda Prabhu on the head with a piece of earthen pot, thus drawing blood. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard of this, He immediately came to the spot, ready to punish both brothers, but when the all-merciful Lord Gaurāṅga saw Jagāi’s repentant behavior, He immediately embraced him. By seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face and embracing Him, both the sinful brothers were at once cleansed. Thus they received initiation into the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra from the Lord and were delivered.
তবে সপ্তপ্রহর ছিলা প্রভু ভাবাবেশে ।
যথা তথা ভক্তগণ দেখিল বিশেষে ॥ ১৮ ॥
tabe sapta-prahara chilā prabhu bhāvāveśe
yathā tathā bhakta-gaṇa dekhila viśeṣe

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sapta-praharatwenty-one hours; chilāremained; prabhuthe Lord; bhāva-āveśein ecstasy; yathāanywhere; tathāeverywhere; bhakta-gaṇathe devotees; dekhilasaw; viśeṣespecifically.

Translation

After this incident, the Lord remained in an ecstatic position for twenty-one hours, and all the devotees saw His specific pastimes.

Purport

In the Deity’s room there must be a bed for the Deity behind His throne. (This system should immediately be introduced in all our centers. It does not matter whether the bed is big or small; it should be of a size the Deity room can conveniently accommodate, but there must be at least a small bed.) One day in the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu sat down on the bed of Viṣṇu, and all the devotees worshiped Him with the Vedic mantras of the Puruṣa-sūkta, beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā puruṣaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasra-pāt. This veda-stuti should also be introduced, if possible, for installations of Deities. While bathing the Deity, all the priests and devotees must chant this Puruṣa-sūkta and offer the appropriate paraphernalia for worshiping the Deity, such as flowers, fruits, incense, ārati paraphernalia, naivedya, vastra and ornaments. All the devotees worshiped Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu in this way, and the Lord remained in ecstasy for seven praharas, or twenty-one hours. He took this opportunity to show the devotees that He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, who is the source of all other incarnations, as confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.8): ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavo mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate. All the different forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or viṣṇu-tattva, emanate from the body of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu exposed all the private desires of the devotees, and thus all of them became fully confident that Lord Caitanya is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Some devotees call this exhibition of ecstasy by the Lord sāta-prahariyā bhāva, or “the ecstasy of twenty-one hours,” and others call it mahābhāva-prakāśa or mahā-prakāśa. There is a description of this sāta-prahariyā bhāva in the Caitanya-bhāgavata, Madhya-khaṇḍa, chapter nine, which mentions that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu blessed a maidservant named Duḥkhī with the name Sukhī. He called for Kholāvecā Śrīdhara and showed him His mahā-prakāśa. Then He called for Murāri Gupta and showed him His feature as Lord Rāmacandra. He offered His blessings to Haridāsa Ṭhākura, and at this time He also asked Advaita Prabhu to explain the Bhagavad-gītā as it is (gītāra satya-pāṭha) and showed special favor to Mukunda.
বরাহ–আবেশ হৈলা মুরারি–ভবনে ।
তাঁর স্কন্ধে চড়ি’ প্রভু নাচিলা অঙ্গনে ॥ ১৯ ॥
varāha-āveśa hailā murāri-bhavane
tāṅra skandhe caḍi’ prabhu nācilā aṅgane

Synonyms

varāha-āveśathe ecstasy of becoming Varāhadeva; hailābecame; murāri-bhavanein the house of Murāri Gupta; tāṅra skandheon the shoulders of Murāri Gupta; caḍi’riding; prabhuthe Lord; nācilādanced; aṅganein the yard.

Translation

One day Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu felt the ecstasy of the boar incarnation and got up on the shoulders of Murāri Gupta. Thus they both danced in Murāri Gupta’s courtyard.

Purport

One day Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to cry out, “Śūkara! Śūkara!” Thus crying out for the boar incarnation of the Lord, He assumed His form as the boar incarnation and got up on the shoulders of Murāri Gupta. He carried a small gāḍu, a small waterpot with a nozzle, and thus He symbolically picked up the earth from the depths of the ocean, for this is the pastime of Lord Varāha.
তবে শুক্লাম্বরের কৈল তণ্ডুল ভক্ষণ ।
‘হরের্নাম’ শ্লোকের কৈল অর্থ বিবরণ ॥ ২০ ॥
tabe śuklāmbarera kaila taṇḍula-bhakṣaṇa
‘harer nāma’ ślokera kaila artha vivaraṇa

Synonyms

tabethereafter; śuklāmbareraof Śuklāmbara Brahmacārī; kailadid; taṇḍularaw rice; bhakṣaṇaeating; harer nāma ślokeraof the verse celebrated as such; kailadid; arthaof the meaning; vivaraṇaexplanation.

Translation

After this incident the Lord ate raw rice given by Śuklāmbara Brahmacārī and explained very elaborately the import of the “harer nāma” śloka mentioned in the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa.

Purport

Śuklāmbara Brahmacārī resided in Navadvīpa on the bank of the Ganges. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was dancing in ecstasy, he approached the Lord with a begging bag containing rice. The Lord was so pleased with His devotee that He immediately snatched the bag and began to eat the raw rice. No one forbade Him, and thus He finished the entire supply of rice.
হরের্নাম হরের্নাম হরের্নামৈব কেবলম্‌ ।
কলৌ নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব গতিরন্যথা ॥ ২১ ॥
harer nāma harer nāma
harer nāmaiva kevalam
kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva
nāsty eva gatir anyathā

Synonyms

hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord; hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord; hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord; evacertainly; kevalamonly; kalauin the Age of Kali; na astithere is none; evacertainly; na astithere is none; evacertainly; na astithere is none; evacertainly; gatiḥdestination; anyathāotherwise.

Translation

“ ‘In this Age of Kali there is no other means, no other means, no other means for self-realization than chanting the holy name, chanting the holy name, chanting the holy name of Lord Hari.’
কলিকালে নামরূপে কৃষ্ণ–অবতার ।
নাম হৈতে হয় সর্বজগৎ–নিস্তার ॥ ২২ ॥
kali-kāle nāma-rūpe kṛṣṇa-avatāra
nāma haite haya sarva-jagat-nistāra

Synonyms

kali-kālein this Age of Kali; nāma-rūpein the form of the holy name; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; avatāraincarnation; nāmaholy name; haitefrom; hayabecomes; sarvaall; jagatof the world; nistāradeliverance.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali, the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, is the incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Simply by chanting the holy name, one associates with the Lord directly. Anyone who does this is certainly delivered.
দার্ঢ্য লাগি’ ‘হরের্নাম’–উক্তি তিনবার ।
জড় লোক বুঝাইতে পুনঃ ‘এব’–কার ॥ ২৩ ॥
dārḍhya lāgi’ ‘harer nāma’-ukti tina-vāra
jaḍa loka bujhāite punaḥ ‘eva’-kāra

Synonyms

dārḍhya lāgi’in the matter of emphasizing; harer nāmaof the holy name of Lord Hari; uktithere is utterance; tina-vārathree times; jaḍa lokaordinary common people; bujhāitejust to make them understand; punaḥagain; eva-kārathe word eva, or “certainly.”.

Translation

“This verse repeats the word ‘eva’ [‘certainly’] three times for emphasis, and it also three times repeats ‘harer nāma’ [‘the holy name of the Lord’], just to make common people understand.

Purport

To emphasize something to an ordinary person, one may repeat it three times, just as one might say, “You must do this! You must do this! You must do this!” Thus the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa repeatedly emphasizes the chanting of the holy name so that people may take it seriously and thus free themselves from the clutches of māyā. It is our practical experience in the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement all over the world that many millions of people are factually coming to the spiritual stage of life simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra regularly, according to the prescribed principles. Therefore our request to all our students is that they daily chant at least sixteen rounds of this harer nāma mahā-mantra offenselessly, following the regulative principles. Thus their success will be assured without a doubt.
‘কেবল’ শব্দে পুনরপি নিশ্চয়–করণ ।
জ্ঞান–যোগ–তপ কর্ম–আদি নিবারণ ॥ ২৪ ॥
‘kevala’-śabde punarapi niścaya-karaṇa
jñāna-yoga-tapa-karma-ādi nivāraṇa

Synonyms

‘kevala’-śabdeby the word kevala, or “only”; punarapiagain; niścaya-karaṇafinal decision; jñānacultivation of knowledge; yogapractice of the mystic yoga system; tapaausterity; karmafruitive activities; ādiand so on; nivāraṇaprohibition.

Translation

“The use of the word ‘kevala’ [‘only’] prohibits all other processes, such as the cultivation of knowledge, practice of mystic yoga, or performance of austerities and fruitive activities.

Purport

Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement stresses the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra only, whereas those who do not know the secret of success for this Age of Kali unnecessarily indulge in the cultivation of knowledge, the practice of mystic yoga or the performance of fruitive activities or useless austerities. They are simply wasting their time and misleading their followers. When we point this out very plainly to an audience, members of opposing groups become angry at us. But according to the injunctions of the śāstras, we cannot make compromises with these so-called jñānīs, yogīs, karmīs and tapasvīs. When they say they are as good as we are, we must say that only we are good and that they are not good. This is not our obstinacy; it is the injunction of the śāstras. We must not deviate from the injunctions of the śāstras. This is confirmed in the next verse of the Caitanya-caritāmṛta.
অন্যথা যে মানে, তার নাহিক নিস্তার ।
নাহি, নাহি, নাহি—এ তিন ‘এব’–কার ॥ ২৫ ॥
anyathā ye māne, tāra nāhika nistāra
nāhi, nāhi, nāhi — e tina ‘eva’-kāra

Synonyms

anyathāotherwise; yeanyone who; māneaccepts; tāraof him; nāhikathere is no; nistāradeliverance; nāhi nāhi nāhithere is nothing else, nothing else, nothing else; ein this; tinathree; eva-kārabearing the meaning of emphasis.

Translation

“This verse clearly states that anyone who accepts any other path cannot be delivered. This is the reason for the triple repetition ‘nothing else, nothing else, nothing else,’ which emphasizes the real process of self-realization.
তৃণ হৈতে নীচ হঞা সদা লবে নাম ।
আপনি নিরভিমানী, অন্যে দিবে মান ॥ ২৬ ॥
tṛṇa haite nīca hañā sadā labe nāma
āpani nirabhimānī, anye dibe māna

Synonyms

tṛṇagrass; haitethan; nīcalower; hañābecoming; sadāalways; labechant; nāmathe holy name; āpanipersonally; nirabhimānīwithout honor; anyeunto others; dibeyou should give; mānaall respect.

Translation

“To chant the holy name always, one should be humbler than the grass in the street and devoid of all desire for personal honor, but one should offer others all respectful obeisances.
তরুসম সহিষ্ণুতা বৈষ্ণব করিবে ।
ভৎর্সন–তাড়নে কাকে কিছু না বলিবে ॥ ২৭ ॥
taru-sama sahiṣṇutā vaiṣṇava karibe
bhartsana-tāḍane kāke kichu nā balibe

Synonyms

taru-samalike a tree; sahiṣṇutāforbearance; vaiṣṇavadevotee; karibeshould practice; bhartsanarebuking; tāḍanechastising; kākeunto anyone; kichusomething; not; balibewill utter.

Translation

“A devotee engaged in chanting the holy name of the Lord should practice forbearance like that of a tree. Even if rebuked or chastised, he should not say anything to others to retaliate.
কাটিলেহ তরু যেন কিছু না বোলয় ।
শুকাইয়া মরে, তবু জল না মাগয় ॥ ২৮ ॥
kāṭileha taru yena kichu nā bolaya
śukāiyā mare, tabu jala nā māgaya

Synonyms

kāṭilehaeven being cut; taruthe tree; yenaas; kichusomething; not; bolayasays; śukāiyādrying up; maredies; tabustill; jalawater; does not; māgayaask for.

Translation

“For even if one cuts a tree, it never protests, and even if it is drying up and dying, it does not ask anyone for water.

Purport

This practice of forbearance (taror iva sahiṣṇunā) is very difficult, but when one actually engages in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, the quality of forbearance automatically develops. A person advanced in spiritual consciousness through the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra need not practice to develop it separately, for a devotee develops all good qualities simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra regularly.
এইমত বৈষ্ণব কারে কিছু না মাগিব ।
অযাচিত–বৃত্তি, কিম্বা শাক–ফল খাইব ॥ ২৯ ॥
ei-mata vaiṣṇava kāre kichu nā māgiba
ayācita-vṛtti, kiṁvā śāka-phala khāiba

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; vaiṣṇavaa devotee; kārefrom anyone; kichuanything; not; māgibashall ask for; ayācita-vṛttithe profession of not asking for anything; kiṁvāor; śākavegetables; phalafruits; khāibashall eat.

Translation

“Thus a Vaiṣṇava should not ask anything from anyone else. If someone gives him something without being asked, he should accept it, but if nothing comes, a Vaiṣṇava should be satisfied to eat whatever vegetables and fruits are easily available.
সদা নাম লইব, যথা–লাভেতে সন্তোষ ।
এইত আচার করে ভক্তিধর্ম–পোষ ॥ ৩০ ॥
sadā nāma la-iba, yathā-lābhete santoṣa
eita ācāra kare bhakti-dharma-poṣa

Synonyms

sadāalways; nāmathe holy name; la-ibaone should chant; yathāinasmuch as; lābhetegains; santoṣasatisfaction; eitathis; ācārabehavior; karedoes; bhakti-dharmaof devotional service; poṣamaintenance.

Translation

“One should strictly follow the principle of always chanting the holy name, and one should be satisfied with whatever he gets easily. Such devotional behavior solidly maintains one’s devotional service.
তৃণাদপি সুনীচেন তরোরিব সহিষ্ণুনা ।
অমানিনা মানদেন কীর্তনীয়ঃ সদা হরিঃ ॥ ৩১ ॥
tṛṇād api su-nīcena
taror iva sahiṣṇunā
amāninā māna-dena
kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ

Synonyms

tṛṇāt apithan downtrodden grass; su-nīcenabeing lower; taroḥthan a tree; ivalike; sahiṣṇunāwith tolerance; amānināwithout being puffed up by false pride; māna-denagiving respect to all; kīrtanīyaḥto be chanted; sadāalways; hariḥthe holy name of the Lord.

Translation

“One who thinks himself lower than the grass, who is more tolerant than a tree, and who does not expect personal honor yet is always prepared to give all respect to others can very easily always chant the holy name of the Lord.”

Purport

The grass is specifically mentioned in this verse because everyone tramples upon it yet the grass never protests. This example indicates that a spiritual master or leader should not be proud of his position; being always humbler than an ordinary common man, he should go on preaching the cult of Caitanya Mahāprabhu by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.
ঊর্ধ্ববাহু করি’ কহোঁ, শুন, সর্বলোক ।
নাম–সুত্রে গাঁথি’ পর কণ্ঠে এই শ্লোক ॥ ৩২ ॥
ūrdhva-bāhu kari’ kahoṅ, śuna, sarva-loka
nāma-sūtre gāṅthi’ para kaṇṭhe ei śloka

Synonyms

ūrdhva-bāhuraising my hands; kari’doing so; kahoṅI declare; śunaplease hear; sarva-lokaall persons; nāmaof the holy name; sūtreon the thread; gāṅthistringing; paraget it; kaṇṭheon the neck; eithis; ślokaverse.

Translation

Raising my hands, I declare, “Everyone please hear me! String this verse on the thread of the holy name and wear it on your neck for continuous remembrance.”

Purport

When chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, in the beginning one may commit many offenses, which are called nāmābhāsa and nāma-aparādha. In this stage there is no possibility of achieving perfect love of Kṛṣṇa by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Therefore one must chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra according to the principles of the above verse, tṛṇād api su-nīcena taror iva sahiṣṇunā. One should note in this connection that chanting involves the activities of the upper and lower lips as well as the tongue. All three must be engaged in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. The words “Hare Kṛṣṇa” should be very distinctly pronounced and heard. Sometimes one mechanically produces a hissing sound instead of chanting with the proper pronunciation with the help of the lips and tongue. Chanting is very simple, but one must practice it seriously. Therefore the author of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī, advises everyone to keep this verse always strung about his neck.
প্রভু–আজ্ঞায় কর এই শ্লোক আচরণ ।
অবশ্য পাইবে তবে শ্রীকৃষ্ণ–চরণ ॥ ৩৩ ৷৷
prabhu-ājñāya kara ei śloka ācaraṇa
avaśya pāibe tabe śrī-kṛṣṇa-caraṇa

Synonyms

prabhuof the Lord; ājñāyaon the order; karado; ei ślokaof this verse; ācaraṇapractice; avaśyacertainly; pāibehe will get; tabeafterwards; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

One must strictly follow the principles given by Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu in this verse. If one simply follows in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya and the Gosvāmīs, certainly he will achieve the ultimate goal of life, the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
তবে প্রভু শ্রীবাসের গৃহে নিরন্তর ।
রাত্রে সংকীর্তন কৈল এক সম্বৎসর ॥ ৩৪ ॥
tabe prabhu śrīvāsera gṛhe nirantara
rātre saṅkīrtana kaila eka saṁvatsara

Synonyms

tabethereafter; prabhuthe Lord, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrīvāseraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; gṛhein the home; nirantaraalways; rātreat night; saṅkīrtanacongregational chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; kailaperformed; eka saṁvatsaraone full year.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu regularly led congregational chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra in the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura every night for one full year.
কপাট দিয়া কীর্তন করে পরম আবেশে ।
পাষণ্ডী হাসিতে আইসে, না পায় প্রবেশে ॥ ৩৫ ॥
kapāṭa diyā kīrtana kare parama āveśe
pāṣaṇḍī hāsite āise, nā pāya praveśe

Synonyms

kapāṭadoor; diyāclosing; kīrtanachanting; kareperformed; paramavery high; āveśein an ecstatic condition; pāṣaṇḍīnonbelievers; hāsiteto laugh; āisecome; does not; pāyaget; praveśeentrance.

Translation

This ecstatic chanting was performed with the doors closed so that nonbelievers who came to make fun could not gain entrance.

Purport

Chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is open to everyone, but sometimes nonbelievers come to disturb the ceremony of chanting. It is indicated herein that under such circumstances the temple doors should be closed. Only bona fide chanters should be admitted; others should not. But when there is large-scale congregational chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, we keep our temples open for everyone to join, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu this policy has given good results.
কীর্তন শুনি’ বাহিরে তারা জ্বলি’ পুড়ি’ মরে ।
শ্রীবাসেরে দুঃখ দিতে নানা যুক্তি করে ॥ ৩৬ ॥
kīrtana śuni’ bāhire tārā jvali’ puḍi’ mare
śrīvāsere duḥkha dite nānā yukti kare

Synonyms

kīrtana śuni’after hearing the chanting; bāhireoutside; tārāthe nonbelievers; jvali’burned; puḍi’to ashes; maredie; śrīvāsereunto Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; duḥkhatroubles; diteto give; nānāvarious; yuktiplans; karedo.

Translation

Thus the nonbelievers almost burned to ashes and died out of envy. To retaliate, they planned various ways to give trouble to Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura.
একদিন বিপ্র, নাম—‘গোপাল চাপাল’ ।
পাষণ্ডি–প্রধান সেই দুর্মুখ, বাচাল ॥ ৩৭ ॥
ভবানী–পূজার সব সামগ্রী লঞা ।
রাত্রে শ্রীবাসের দ্বারে স্থান লেপাঞা ॥ ৩৮ ॥
eka-dina vipra, nāma — ‘gopāla cāpāla’
pāṣaṇḍi-pradhāna sei durmukha, vācāla
bhavānī-pūjāra saba sāmagrī lañā
rātre śrīvāsera dvāre sthāna lepāñā

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; vipraone brāhmaṇa; nāmanamed; gopāla cāpālaGopāla Cāpāla; pāṣaṇdi-pradhānathe chief of the non-believers; seihe; durmukhaferocious, using strong words; vācālatalkative; bhavānī-pūjārafor worshiping the goddess Bhavānī; sabaall; sāmagrīingredients, paraphernalia; lañātaking; rātreat night; śrīvāseraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; dvāreon the door; sthānathe place; lepāñāsmearing.

Translation

One night while kīrtana was going on inside Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s house, a brāhmaṇa named Gopāla Cāpāla, the chief of the nonbelievers, who was talkative and very rough in his speech, placed all the paraphernalia for worshiping the goddess Durgā outside Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s door.

Purport

This brāhmaṇa, Gopāla Cāpāla, wanted to defame Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura by proving that he was actually a śākta, or a worshiper of Bhavānī, the goddess Durgā, but was externally posing as a Vaiṣṇava. In Bengal there is perpetual competition between the devotees of goddess Kālī and the devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Generally Bengalis, especially those who are meat-eaters and drunkards, are very much attached to worshiping the goddesses Durgā, Kālī, Śītalā and Caṇḍī. Such devotees, who are known as śāktas, or worshipers of the śakti-tattva, are always envious of Vaiṣṇavas. Since Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura was a well-known and respected Vaiṣṇava in Navadvīpa, Gopāla Cāpāla wanted to reduce his prestige by bringing him down to the platform of the śāktas. Therefore outside Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s door he placed various paraphernalia for worshiping Bhavānī, the wife of Lord Śiva, such as a red flower, a plantain leaf, a pot of wine, and reddish sandalwood paste. In the morning, when Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura saw all this paraphernalia in front of his door, he called for the respectable gentlemen of the neighborhood and showed them that at night he was worshiping Bhavānī. Very sorry, these gentlemen called for a sweeper to cleanse the place and purify it by sprinkling water and cow dung there. This incident concerning Gopāla Cāpāla is not mentioned in the Caitanya-bhāgavata.
কলার পাত উপরে থুইল ওড়–ফুল ।
হরিদ্রা, সিন্দুর আর রক্তচন্দন, তণ্ডুল ॥ ৩৯ ॥
kalāra pāta upare thuila oḍa-phula
haridrā, sindūra āra rakta-candana, taṇḍula

Synonyms

kalāra pātaa banana leaf; upareupon it; thuilaplaced; oḍaphulaa particular type of flower; haridrāturmeric; sindūravermilion; āraand; rakta-candanared sandalwood; taṇḍularice.

Translation

On the upper portion of a plantain leaf he placed such paraphernalia for worship as oḍa-phula, turmeric, vermilion, red sandalwood and rice.
মদ্যভাণ্ড–পাশে ধরি’ নিজ–ঘরে গেল ।
প্রাতঃকালে শ্রীবাস তাহা ত’ দেখিল ॥ ৪০ ॥
madya-bhāṇḍa-pāśe dhari’ nija-ghare gela
prātaḥ-kāle śrīvāsa tāhā ta’ dekhila

Synonyms

madya-bhāṇḍaa pot of wine; pāśeby the side of; dhari’placing; nija-ghareto his own home; gelawent; prātaḥ-kālein the morning; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; tāhāall those things; ta’certainly; dekhilasaw.

Translation

He placed a pot of wine beside all this, and in the morning when Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura opened his door he saw this paraphernalia.
বড় বড় লোক সব আনিল বোলাইয়া ।
সবারে কহে শ্রীবাস হাসিয়া হাসিয়া ॥ ৪১ ॥
baḍa baḍa loka saba ānila bolāiyā
sabāre kahe śrīvāsa hāsiyā hāsiyā

Synonyms

baḍa baḍarespectable; lokapersons; sabaall; ānilabrought them; bolāiyācausing to be called; sabāreto everyone; kaheaddresses; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; hāsiyā hāsiyāwhile smiling.

Translation

Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura called for all the respectable gentlemen of the neighborhood and smilingly addressed them as follows.
নিত্য রাত্রে করি আমি ভবানী–পূজন ।
আমার মহিমা দেখ, ব্রাহ্মণ–সজ্জন ॥ ৪২ ॥
nitya rātre kari āmi bhavānī-pūjana
āmāra mahimā dekha, brāhmaṇa-sajjana

Synonyms

nitya rātreevery night; kariI do; āmiI; bhavānī-pūjanaworship of Bhavānī, the wife of Lord Śiva; āmāramy; mahimāglories; dekhayou see; brāhmaṇa-sat-janaall respectable brāhmaṇas.

Translation

“Gentlemen, every night I worship the goddess Bhavānī. Since the paraphernalia for the worship is present here, now all you respectable brāhmaṇas and members of the higher castes can understand my position.”

Purport

According to the Vedic system there are four castes — the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras — and below them are the pañcamas (literally, “members of the fifth group”), who are lower than the śūdras. The higher castes — the brāhmaṇas, the kṣatriyas and even the vaiśyas — were known as brāhmaṇa-saj-jana. The brāhmaṇas especially were known as saj-jana, or respectable gentlemen who guided the entire society. If there were disputes in the village, people would approach these respectable brāhmaṇas to settle them. Now it is very difficult to find such brāhmaṇas and saj-janas, and thus every village and town is so disrupted that there is no peace and happiness anywhere. To revive a fully cultured civilization, the scientific division of society into brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras must be introduced all over the world. Unless some people are trained as brāhmaṇas, there cannot be peace in human society.
তবে সব শিষ্টলোক করে হাহাকার ।
ঐছে কর্ম হেথা কৈল কোন্ দুরাচার ॥ ৪৩ ॥
tabe saba śiṣṭa-loka kare hāhākāra
aiche karma hethā kaila kon durācāra

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sabaall; śiṣṭa-lokagentlemen; kareexclaimed; hāhā-kāraalas, alas; aichesuch; karmaactivities; hethāhere; kailadid; konwho; durācārasinful person.

Translation

Then all the assembled gentlemen exclaimed, “What is this? What is this? Who has performed such mischievous activities? Who is that sinful man?”
হাড়িকে আনিয়া সব দূর করাইল ।
জল–গোময় দিয়া সেই স্থান লেপাইল ॥ ৪৪ ॥
hāḍike āniyā saba dūra karāila
jala-gomaya diyā sei sthāna lepāila

Synonyms

hāḍikea sweeper; āniyācalling; sabaall; dūra karāilacaused to be thrown far; jalawater; gomayacow dung; diyāmixing; seithat; sthānaplace; lepāilacaused to be smeared over.

Translation

They called for a sweeper [hāḍi], who threw all the items of worship far away and cleansed the place by mopping it with a mixture of water and cow dung.

Purport

The men in Vedic society who engage in public sanitary activities like picking up stool and sweeping the street are called hāḍis. Sometimes they are untouchable, especially when engaged in their profession, yet such hāḍis also have the right to become devotees. This is established by Śrī Bhagavad-gītā (9.32), where the Lord declares:
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśrityaye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās
te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
“O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth — women, vaiśyas [merchants], and śūdras [workers] — can attain the supreme destination.”
There are many untouchables of the lower caste in India, but according to Vaiṣṇava principles everyone is welcome to accept this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement on the spiritual platform of life and thus be freed from trouble. Neither equality nor fraternity is possible on the material platform.
When Lord Caitanya declares tṛṇād api su-nīcena taror iva sahiṣṇunā, He indicates that one must be above the material conception of life. When one thoroughly understands that he is not the material body but a spiritual soul, he is even humbler than a man of the lower castes, for he is spiritually elevated. Such humility, in which one thinks himself lower than the grass, is called su-nīcatva, and being more tolerant than a tree is called sahiṣṇutva, forbearance. Being situated in devotional service, not caring for the material conception of life, is called amānitva, indifference to material respect; yet a devotee thus situated is called māna-da, for he is prepared to give honor to others without hesitation.
Mahatma Gandhi started the hari-jana movement to purify the untouchables, but he was a failure because he thought that one could become a hari-jana, a personal associate of the Lord, through some kind of material adjustment. That is not possible. Unless one fully realizes that he is not the body but is a spiritual soul, there is no question of his becoming a hari-jana. Those who do not follow in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His disciplic succession cannot distinguish between matter and spirit, and therefore all their ideas are but a mixed-up hodgepodge of problems. They are virtually lost in the bewildering network of Māyādevī.
তিন দিন রহি’ সেই গোপাল–চাপাল ।
সর্বাঙ্গে হইল কুষ্ঠ, বহে রক্তধার ॥ ৪৫ ॥
tina dina rahi’ sei gopāla-cāpāla
sarvāṅge ha-ila kuṣṭha, vahe rakta-dhāra

Synonyms

tina dinathree days; rahi’remaining in that way; seithat; gopāla-cāpālaGopāla Cāpāla; sarva-aṅgeall over the body; hailabecame visible; kuṣṭhaleprosy; vahedischarging; raktadhāraa flow of blood.

Translation

After three days, leprosy attacked Gopāla Cāpāla, and blood oozed from sores all over his body.
সর্বাঙ্গ বেড়িল কীটে, কাটে নিরন্তর ।
অসহ্য বেদনা, দুঃখে জ্বলয়ে অন্তর ॥ ৪৬ ॥
sarvāṅga beḍila kīṭe, kāṭe nirantara
asahya vedanā, duḥkhe jvalaye antara

Synonyms

sarva-aṅgaall over the body; beḍilabecame covered; kīṭeby insects; kāṭebiting; nirantaraalways; asahyaunbearable; vedanāpain; duḥkhein unhappiness; jvalayeburns; antarawithout cessation.

Translation

Incessantly covered with germs and insects biting him all over his body, Gopāla Cāpāla felt unbearable pain. His entire body burned in distress.
গঙ্গাঘাটে বৃক্ষতলে রহে ত’ বসিয়া ।
এক দিন বলে কিছু প্রভুকে দেখিয়া ॥ ৪৭ ॥
gaṅgā-ghāṭe vṛkṣa-tale rahe ta’ vasiyā
eka dina bale kichu prabhuke dekhiyā

Synonyms

gaṅgā-ghāṭeon the bank of the Ganges; vṛkṣa-taleunderneath a tree; raheremains; ta’certainly; vasiyāsitting; eka dinaone day; balesays; kichusomething; prabhukethe Lord; dekhiyāseeing.

Translation

Since leprosy is an infectious disease, Gopāla Cāpāla left the village to sit down on the bank of the Ganges underneath a tree. One day, however, he saw Caitanya Mahāprabhu passing by and spoke to Him as follows.
গ্রাম–সম্বন্ধে আমি তোমার মাতুল ।
ভাগিনা, মুই কুষ্ঠব্যাধিতে হঞাছি ব্যাকুল ॥ ৪৮ ॥
grāma-sambandhe āmi tomāra mātula
bhāginā, mui kuṣṭha-vyādhite hañāchi vyākula

Synonyms

grāma-sambandhein a village relationship; āmiI (am); tomāraYour; mātulamaternal uncle; bhāginanephew; muiI; kuṣṭha-vyādhiteby the disease of leprosy; hañāchihave become; vyākulatoo much afflicted.

Translation

“My dear nephew, I am Your maternal uncle in our village relationship. Please see how greatly this attack of leprosy has afflicted me.
লোক সব উদ্ধারিতে তোমার অবতার ।
মুঞি বড় দুখী, মোরে করহ উদ্ধার ॥ ৪৯ ॥
loka saba uddhārite tomāra avatāra
muñi baḍa dukhī, more karaha uddhāra

Synonyms

lokapeople; sabaall; uddhāriteto deliver; tomāraYour; avatāraincarnation; muñiI (am); baḍavery; dukhīunhappy; moreunto me; karahaplease do; uddhāradeliverance.

Translation

“As an incarnation of God, You are delivering so many fallen souls. I am also a greatly unhappy fallen soul. Kindly deliver me by Your mercy.”

Purport

It appears that although Gopāla Cāpāla was sinful, talkative and insulting, he nevertheless had the qualification of simplicity. Thus he believed Caitanya Mahāprabhu to be the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead who had come to deliver all fallen souls, and he appealed for his own deliverance, seeking the mercy of the Lord. He did not know, however, that the deliverance of the fallen does not consist of curing their bodily diseases, although it is also a fact that when a man is delivered from the material clutches his material bodily diseases are automatically cured. Gopāla Cāpāla simply wanted to be delivered from the bodily sufferings of leprosy, but Śrī Caitanya, although accepting his sincere appeal, wanted to inform him of the real cause of suffering.
এত শুনি’ মহাপ্রভুর হইল ক্রুদ্ধ মন ।
ক্রোধাবেশে বলে তারে তর্জন–বচন ॥ ৫০ ॥
eta śuni’ mahāprabhura ha-ila kruddha mana
krodhāveśe bale tāre tarjana-vacana

Synonyms

etathus; śuni’hearing; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ha-ilathere was; kruddhaangry; manamind; krodha-āveśeout of intense anger; balesays; tāreunto him; tarjanachastising; vacanawords.

Translation

Hearing this, Caitanya Mahāprabhu appeared greatly angry, and in that angry mood He spoke some words chastising him.
আরে পাপি, ভক্তদ্বেষি, তোরে না উদ্ধারিমু ।
কোটিজন্ম এই মতে কীড়ায় খাওয়াইমু ॥ ৫১ ॥
āre pāpi, bhakta-dveṣi, tore na uddhārimu
koṭi-janma ei mate kīḍāya khāoyāimu

Synonyms

āreO; pāpiyou sinful person; bhakta-dveṣienvious of devotees; toreyou; uddhārimuI shall not deliver; koṭi-janmafor ten million births; ei matein this way; kīḍāyaby the germs; khāoyāimuI shall cause you to be bitten.

Translation

“O sinful person, envious of pure devotees, I shall not deliver you! Rather, I shall have you bitten by these germs for many millions of years.

Purport

We should note herein that all our sufferings in this material world, especially from disease, are due to our past sinful activities. And of all sinful activities, actions directed against a pure devotee out of sheer envy are considered extremely severe. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu wanted Gopāla Cāpāla to understand the cause of his suffering. Any person who disturbs a pure devotee engaged in broadcasting the holy name of the Lord is certainly punished like Gopāla Cāpāla. This is the instruction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. As we shall see, one who offends a pure devotee can never satisfy Caitanya Mahāprabhu unless and until he sincerely regrets his offense and thus rectifies it.
শ্রীবাসে করাইলি তুই ভবানী–পূজন ।
কোটি জন্ম হবে তোর রৌরবে পতন ॥ ৫২ ॥
śrīvāse karāili tui bhavānī-pūjana
koṭi janma habe tora raurave patana

Synonyms

śrīvāseunto Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; karāiliyou have caused to do; tuiyou; bhavānī-pūjanaworshiping the goddess Bhavānī; koṭi janmafor ten million births; habethere will be; torayour; rauravein hell; patanafall down.

Translation

“You have made Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura appear to have been worshiping the goddess Bhavānī. Simply for this offense, you will have to fall down into hellish life for ten million births.

Purport

There are many tantric followers who, wishing to eat meat and drink wine, practice the black art of worshiping the goddess Bhavānī in a crematorium. Such fools also consider this bhavānī-pūjā to be as good as worship of Lord Kṛṣṇa in devotional service. But such abominable tantric activities performed by so-called svāmīs and yogīs are herein condemned by Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He declares that such bhavānī-pūjā for drinking wine and eating meat quickly plunges one into hellish life. The method of worship itself is already hellish, and its results must also be hellish and nothing more.
Many rascals say that whatever way one accepts, one will ultimately reach Brahman. Yet we can see from this verse how such persons reach Brahman. Brahman spreads everywhere, but appreciation of Brahman in different objects leads to different results. In the Bhagavad-gītā (4.11) the Lord says, ye yathā māṁ prapadyante tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy aham: “I reward everyone according to his surrender unto Me.” Māyāvādīs certainly realize Brahman in certain aspects, but realization of Brahman in the aspects of wine, women and meat is not the same realization of Brahman that devotees achieve by chanting, dancing and eating prasādam. Māyāvādī philosophers, being educated in paltry knowledge, think all sorts of Brahman realization one and the same and do not consider varieties. But although Kṛṣṇa is everywhere, by His inconceivable potency He is simultaneously not everywhere. Thus the Brahman realization of the tantric cult is not the same Brahman realization as that of pure devotees. Unless one reaches the highest point of Brahman realization, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he is punishable. All people except Kṛṣṇa conscious devotees are to some proportion pāṣaṇḍīs,or demons, and thus they are punishable by the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, as stated below.
পাষণ্ডী সংহারিতে মোর এই অবতার ।
পাষণ্ডী সংহারি’ ভক্তি করিমু প্রচার ॥ ৫৩ ॥
pāṣaṇḍī saṁhārite mora ei avatāra
pāṣaṇḍī saṁhāri’ bhakti karimu pracāra

Synonyms

pāṣaṇḍīdemons, atheists; saṁhāriteto kill; moraMy; eithis; avatāraincarnation; pāṣaṇḍīatheist; saṁhāri’killing; bhaktidevotional service; karimuI shall do; pracārapreaching.

Translation

“I have appeared in this incarnation to kill the demons [pāṣaṇḍīs] and, after killing them, to preach the cult of devotional service.”

Purport

Lord Caitanya’s mission is the same as that of Lord Kṛṣṇa, which He states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.7-8):
yadā yadā hi dharmasyaglānir bhavati bhārata
abhyutthānam adharmasya
tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmy aham
paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁvināśāya ca duṣkṛtām
dharma-saṁsthāpanārthāya
sambhavāmi yuge yuge
“Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, O descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion — at that time I descend Myself. In order to deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I advent Myself millennium after millennium.”
As explained here, the real purpose of an incarnation of Godhead is to kill the atheists and maintain the devotees. He does not say, like so many rascal incarnations, that atheists and devotees are on the same platform. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, or Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the real Personality of Godhead, does not advocate such an idea.
Atheists are punishable, whereas devotees are to be protected. To maintain this principle is the mission of all avatāras, or incarnations. One must therefore identify an incarnation by His activities, not by popular votes or mental concoctions. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gave protection to devotees and killed many demons in the course of His preaching work. He specifically mentioned that the Māyāvādī philosophers are the greatest demons. Therefore He warned all others not to hear the Māyāvāda philosophy: māyāvādi-bhāṣya śunile haya sarva-nāśa. Simply by hearing the Māyāvāda interpretation of the śāstras, one is doomed (Cc. Madhya 6.169).
এত বলি’ গেলা প্রভু করিতে গঙ্গাস্নান ।
সেই পাপী দুঃখ ভোগে, না যায় পরাণ ॥ ৫৪ ॥
eta bali’ gelā prabhu karite gaṅgā-snāna
sei pāpī duḥkha bhoge, nā yāya parāṇa

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; gelāwent away; prabhuthe Lord; kariteto take; gaṅgā-snānaa bath in the Ganges; seithat; pāpīsinful man; duḥkhapains; bhogesuffers; not; yāyago away; parāṇathe life.

Translation

After saying this, the Lord left to take His bath in the Ganges, and that sinful man did not give up his life but continued to suffer.

Purport

It appears that an offender to a Vaiṣṇava continues to suffer and does not give up his life. We have actually seen that a great vaiṣṇava-aparādhī continuously suffered so much that it was difficult for him to move, and yet he did not die.
সন্ন্যাস করিয়া যবে প্রভু নীলাচলে গেলা ।
তথা হৈতে যবে কুলিয়া গ্রামে আইলা ॥ ৫৫ ॥
তবে সেই পাপী প্রভুর লইল শরণ ।
হিত উপদেশ কৈল হইয়া করুণ ॥ ৫৬ ॥
sannyāsa kariyā yabe prabhu nīlācale gelā
tathā haite yabe kuliyā grāme āilā
tabe sei pāpī prabhura la-ila śaraṇa
hita upadeśa kaila ha-iyā karuṇa

Synonyms

sannyāsa kariyāafter accepting the renounced order of life; yabewhen; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; gelāwent; tathā haitefrom there; yabewhen; kuliyāof the name Kuliyā; grāmeto the village; āilācame back; tabeat that time; seithat; pāpīsinful man; prabhuraof the Lord; la-ilatook; śaraṇashelter; hitabeneficial; upadeśaadvice; kailagave; ha-iyābecoming; karuṇamerciful.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya, after accepting the renounced order of life, went to Jagannātha Purī and then came back to the village of Kuliyā, upon His return that sinful man took shelter at the Lord’s lotus feet. The Lord, being merciful to him, gave him instructions for his benefit.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, in his Anubhāṣya, has given the following note in connection with the village Kuliyā. The village originally known as Kuliyā has developed into what is now the city of Navadvīpa. In various authorized books like the Bhaktiratnākara, Caitanya-carita-mahākāvya, Caitanya-candrodaya-nāṭaka and Caitanya-bhāgavata it is mentioned that the village of Kuliyā is on the western side of the Ganges. Even now, within the area known as Koladvīpa, there is a place known as kuliāra gañja and a place called kuliāra daha, both within the jurisdiction of the present municipality of Navadvīpa. In the time of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the two villages on the western side of the Ganges named Kuliyā and Pāhāḍapura both belonged to the jurisdiction of Bāhiradvīpa. At that time the place on the eastern side of the Ganges now known as Antardvīpa was known as Navadvīpa. At that time the place on the eastern side of the Ganges now known as Antardvīpa was known as Navadvīpa. At Śrī Māyāpur that place is still known as Dvīpera Māṭha. There is another place of the name Kuliyā near Kāṅcaḍāpāḍā, but it is not the same Kuliyā mentioned here. It cannot be accepted as aparādha-bhañjanera pāṭa, or the place where the offense was excused, for that occurred in the above-mentioned Kuliyā on the western side of the Ganges. For business reasons many envious persons oppose excavation of the real place, and sometimes they advertise unauthorized places as the authorized one.
শ্রীবাস পণ্ডিতের স্থানে আছে অপরাধ ।
তথা যাহ, তেঁহো যদি করেন প্রসাদ ॥ ৫৭ ॥
তবে তোর হবে এই পাপ–বিমোচন ।
যদি পুনঃ ঐছে নাহি কর আচরণ ॥ ৫৮ ॥
śrīvāsa paṇḍitera sthāne āche aparādha
tathā yāha, teṅho yadi karena prasāda
tabe tora habe ei pāpa-vimocana
yadi punaḥ aiche nāhi kara ācaraṇa

Synonyms

śrīvāsa paṇḍiteraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; sthāneat the lotus feet; āchethere is; aparādhaoffense; tathāthere; yāhago; teṅhohe; yadiif; karenadoes; prasādablessings; tabethen; torayour; habethere will be; eithis; pāpa-vimocanaimmunity from sinful reaction; yadiif; punaḥagain; aichesuch; nāhi karayou do not commit; ācaraṇabehavior.

Translation

“You have committed an offense at the lotus feet of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura,” the Lord said. “First you must go there and beg for his mercy, and then if he gives you his blessings and you do not commit such sins again, you will be freed from these reactions.”
তবে বিপ্র লইল আসি শ্রীবাস শরণ ।
তাঁহার কৃপায় হৈল পাপ–বিমোচন ॥ ৫৯ ॥
tabe vipra la-ila āsi śrīvāsa śaraṇa
tāṅhāra kṛpāya haila pāpa-vimocana

Synonyms

tabeafter that; viprathe brāhmaṇa (Gopāla Cāpāla); la-ilatook shelter; āsicoming; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; śaraṇashelter of his lotus feet; tāṅhāra kṛpāyaby his mercy; hailabecame; pāpa-vimocanafree from all sinful reaction.

Translation

Then the brāhmaṇa, Gopāla Cāpāla, went to Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura and took shelter of his lotus feet, and by Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s mercy he was freed from all sinful reactions.
আর এক বিপ্র আইল কীর্তন দেখিতে ।
দ্বারে কপাট,—না পাইল ভিতরে যাইতে ॥ ৬০ ॥
āra eka vipra āila kīrtana dekhite
dvāre kapāṭa, — nā pāila bhitare yāite

Synonyms

āraanother; ekaone; viprabrāhmaṇa; āilacame; kīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; dekhiteto see; dvārein the gateway; kapāṭathe door (being closed); pāiladid not get; bhitareinside; yāiteto go.

Translation

Another brāhmaṇa came to see the kīrtana performance, but the door was closed, and he could not enter the hall.
ফিরি’ গেল বিপ্র ঘরে মনে দুঃখ পাঞা ।
আর দিন প্রভুকে কহে গঙ্গায় লাগ পাঞা ॥ ৬১ ॥
phiri’ gela vipra ghare mane duḥkha pāñā
āra dina prabhuke kahe gaṅgāya lāga pāñā

Synonyms

phiri’ gelawent back; viprathe brāhmaṇa; ghareto his home; manewithin his mind; duḥkhaunhappiness; pāñāgetting; āra dinathe next day; prabhukeunto the Lord; kahesays; gaṅgāyaon the bank of the Ganges; lāgatouch; pāñāgetting.

Translation

He returned home with an unhappy mind, but on the next day he met Lord Caitanya on the bank of the Ganges and spoke to Him.
শাপিব তোমারে মুঞি, পাঞাছি মনোদুঃখ ।
পৈতা ছিণ্ডিয়া শাপে প্রচণ্ড দুর্মুখ ॥ ৬২ ॥
śāpiba tomāre muñi, pāñāchi mano-duḥkha
paitā chiṇḍiyā śāpe pracaṇḍa durmukha

Synonyms

śapibaI shall curse; tomāreYou; muñiI; pāñāchiI have; manaḥ-duḥkhamentally very much aggrieved; paitāsacred thread; chiṇḍiyābreaking; śāpecursing; pracaṇḍafiercely; durmukhaone who speaks harshly.

Translation

That brāhmaṇa was expert in talking harshly and cursing others. Thus he broke his sacred thread and declared, “I shall now curse You, for Your behavior has greatly aggrieved me.”
সংসার–সুখ তোমার হউক বিনাশ ।
শাপ শুনি’ প্রভুর চিত্তে হইল উল্লাস ॥ ৬৩ ॥
saṁsāra-sukha tomāra ha-uka vināśa
śāpa śuni’ prabhura citte ha-ila ullāsa

Synonyms

saṁsāra-sukhamaterial happiness; tomāraYour; ha-ukamay it become; vināśaall vanquished; śāpa śuni’hearing this curse; prabhuraof the Lord; cittewithin His mind; ha-ilathere was; ullāsajubilation.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa cursed the Lord, “You shall be bereft of all material happiness!” When the Lord heard this, He felt great jubilation within Himself.
প্রভুর শাপ–বার্তা যেই শুনে শ্রদ্ধাবান্ ।
ব্রহ্মশাপ হৈতে তার হয় পরিত্রাণ ॥ ৬৪ ॥
prabhura śāpa-vārtā yei śune śraddhāvān
brahma-śāpa haite tāra haya paritrāṇa

Synonyms

prabhuraof the Lord; śāpa-vārtāthe incident of the curse; yeianyone who; śunehears; śraddhāvānwith affection; brahma-śāpacursing by a brāhmaṇa; haitefrom; tārahis; hayabecomes; paritrāṇadeliverance.

Translation

Any faithful person who hears of this brāhmaṇa’s cursing Lord Caitanya is delivered from all brahminical curses.

Purport

One should know with firm conviction that the Lord, being transcendental, is never subject to any curse or benediction. Only ordinary living entities are subjected to curses and the punishments of Yamarāja. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is beyond such punishments and benedictions. When one understands this fact with faith and love, he personally becomes free from all curses uttered by brāhmaṇas or anyone else. This incident is not mentioned in the Caitanya-bhāgavata.
মুকুন্দ–দত্তেরে কৈল দণ্ড–পরসাদ ।
খণ্ডিল তাহার চিত্তের সব অবসাদ ॥ ৬৫ ॥
mukunda-dattere kaila daṇḍa-parasāda
khaṇḍila tāhāra cittera saba avasāda

Synonyms

mukunda-dattereunto Mukunda Datta; kailadid; daṇḍapunishment; parasādabenediction; khaṇḍilavanquished; tāhārahis; citteraof the mind; sabaall kinds of; avasādadepressions.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu blessed Mukunda Datta with punishment and in that way vanquished all his mental depression.

Purport

Mukunda Datta was once forbidden to enter the association of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu because of his mixing with the Māyāvādī impersonalists. When Lord Caitanya manifested His mahā-prakāśa, He called all the devotees one after another and blessed them, while Mukunda Datta stood outside the door. The devotees informed the Lord that Mukunda Datta was waiting outside, but the Lord replied, “I shall not soon be pleased with Mukunda Datta, for though he explains devotional service among devotees, he then goes to Māyāvādīs to hear from them the Yoga-vāśiṣṭha-rāmāyaṇa, which is full of Māyāvāda philosophy. For this I am greatly displeased with him.” Hearing the Lord speak in that way, Mukunda Datta, standing outside, was exceedingly glad that the Lord would at some time be pleased with him, although He was not pleased at that moment. But when the Lord understood that Mukunda Datta was going to give up the association of the Māyāvādīs for good, He was pleased, and He at once called to see Mukunda. Thus He delivered him from the association of the Māyāvādīs and gave him the association of pure devotees.
আচার্য–গোসাঞিরে প্রভু করে গুরুভক্তি ।
তাহাতে আচার্য বড় হয় দুঃখমতি ॥ ৬৬ ॥
ācārya-gosāñire prabhu kare guru-bhakti
tāhāte ācārya baḍa haya duḥkha-mati

Synonyms

ācārya-gosāñireunto Advaita Ācārya; prabhuthe Lord; karedoes; guru-bhaktioffering respects like a spiritual master; tāhātein that way; ācāryaAdvaita Ācārya; baḍavery much; hayabecomes; duḥkha-matiaggrieved.

Translation

Lord Caitanya respected Advaita Ācārya as His spiritual master, but Advaita Ācārya Prabhu was greatly aggrieved by such behavior.
ভঙ্গী করি’ জ্ঞানমার্গ করিল ব্যাখ্যান ।
ক্রোধাবেশে প্রভু তারে কৈল অবজ্ঞান ॥ ৬৭ ॥
bhaṅgī kari’ jñāna-mārga karila vyākhyāna
krodhāveśe prabhu tāre kaila avajñāna

Synonyms

bhaṅgī kari’doing it in fun; jñāna-mārgathe path of philosophical speculation; kariladid; vyākhyānaexplanation; krodha-āveśein the mood of anger; prabhuthe Lord; tāreto Him; kailadid; avajñānadisrespect.

Translation

Thus He whimsically began to explain the path of philosophical speculation, and the Lord, in His anger, seemingly disrespected Him.
তবে আচার্য–গোসাঞির আনন্দ হইল ।
লজ্জিত হইয়া প্রভু প্রসাদ করিল ॥ ৬৮ ॥
tabe ācārya-gosāñira ānanda ha-ila
lajjita ha-iyā prabhu prasāda karila

Synonyms

tabeat that time; ācārya-gosāñiraof Advaita Ācārya; ānandapleasure; ha-ilaaroused; lajjitaashamed; ha-iyābecoming; prabhuthe Lord; prasādabenediction; karilaoffered.

Translation

At that time Advaita Ācārya was greatly pleased. The Lord understood this, and He was somewhat ashamed, but He offered Advaita Ācārya His benediction.

Purport

Advaita Ācārya was a disciple of Mādhavendra Purī, Īśvara Purī’s spiritual master. Therefore Īśvara Purī, the spiritual master of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, was Advaita Ācārya’s Godbrother. In view of this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu treated Advaita Ācārya as His spiritual master, but Śrī Advaita Ācārya did not like this behavior of Lord Caitanya, for He wanted to be treated as His eternal servant. Advaita Prabhu’s aspiration was to be a servant of the Lord, not His spiritual master. He therefore devised a plan to antagonize the Lord. He began to explain the path of philosophical speculation in the midst of some unfortunate Māyāvādīs, and when Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard about this, He immediately went there and in a very angry mood began to beat Advaita Ācārya. At that time, Advaita Ācārya, greatly pleased, began to dance, saying, “Just see how My desire has now been fulfilled! Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu used to treat Me honorably for so long, but now He is treating Me neglectfully. This is My reward. His affection for Me is so great that He wanted to save Me from the hands of the Māyāvādīs.” Hearing this statement, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu was somewhat ashamed, but He was very pleased with Advaita Ācārya.
মুরারিগুপ্ত–মুখে শুনি’ রাম–গুণগ্রাম ।
ললাটে লিখিল তাঁর ‘রামদাস’ নাম ॥ ৬৯ ॥
murāri-gupta-mukhe śuni’ rāma-guṇa-grāma
lalāṭe likhila tāṅra ‘rāmadāsa’ nāma

Synonyms

murāri-guptaof Murāri Gupta; mukhefrom the mouth; śuni’hearing; rāmaof Lord Rāmacandra; guṇa-grāmaglories; lalāṭeon the forehead; likhilawrote; tāṅraof Murāri Gupta; rāma-dāsathe eternal servant of Lord Rāmacandra; nāmathe name.

Translation

Murāri Gupta was a great devotee of Lord Rāmacandra. When Lord Caitanya heard Lord Rāmacandra’s glories from his mouth, He immediately wrote on his forehead “rāmadāsa” [the eternal servant of Lord Rāmacandra].
শ্ৰীধরের লৌহপাত্রে কৈল জলপান ।
সমস্ত ভক্তেরে দিল ইষ্ট বরদান ॥ ৭০ ॥
śrīdharera lauha-pātre kaila jala-pāna
samasta bhaktere dila iṣṭa vara-dāna

Synonyms

śrīdhareraof Śrīdhara; lauha-pātrefrom the iron pot; kailadid; jala-pānadrinking of water; samastaall; bhaktereto the devotees; dilagave; iṣṭadesired; vara-dānabenediction.

Translation

Once Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to the house of Śrīdhara after kīrtana and drank water from his damaged iron pot. Then He bestowed His benediction upon all the devotees according to their desires.

Purport

After the mass nagara-saṅkīrtana in protest against the magistrate Chand Kazi, the Kazi was converted to a devotee. Then Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned with His saṅkīrtana party to the house of Śrīdhara, and Chand Kazi followed Him. All the devotees rested there for some time and drank water from Śrīdhara’s damaged iron pot. The Lord accepted the water because the pot belonged to a devotee. Chand Kazi then returned home. The place where they rested is still situated on the northeastern side of Māyāpur, and it is known as kīrtana-viśrāma-sthāna, “the resting place of the kīrtana party.”
হরিদাস ঠাকুরেরে করিল প্রসাদ ।
আচার্য–স্থানে মাতার খণ্ডাইল অপরাধ ॥ ৭১ ॥
haridāsa ṭhākurere karila prasāda
ācārya-sthāne mātāra khaṇḍāila aparādha

Synonyms

haridāsa ṭhākurereunto Haridāsa Ṭhākura; kariladid; prasādabenediction; ācārya-sthānein the home of Advaita Ācārya; mātāraof Śacīmātā; khaṇḍāilavanquished; aparādhathe offense.

Translation

After this incident the Lord blessed Haridāsa Ṭhākura and vanquished the offense of His mother at the home of Advaita Ācārya.

Purport

On the mahā-prakāśa day, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced Haridāsa Ṭhākura and informed him that he was none other than an incarnation of Prahlāda Mahārāja. When Viśvarūpa took sannyāsa, Śacīmātā thought that Advaita Ācārya had persuaded Him to do so. Therefore she accused Advaita Ācārya of this, which was an offense at His lotus feet. Later Lord Caitanya induced His mother to take the dust of Advaita Ācārya’s lotus feet, and thus her vaiṣṇava-aparādha was nullified.
ভক্তগণে প্রভু নাম–মহিমা কহিল ।
শুনিয়া পড়ুয়া তাঁহা অর্থবাদ কৈল ॥ ৭২ ॥
bhakta-gaṇe prabhu nāma-mahimā kahila
śuniyā paḍuyā tāhāṅ artha-vāda kaila

Synonyms

bhakta-gaṇeunto the devotees; prabhuthe Lord; nāma-mahimāglories of the holy name; kahilaexplained; śuniyāhearing; paḍuyāthe students; tāhāṅthere; artha-vādainterpretation; kailadid.

Translation

Once when the Lord explained the glories of the holy name to the devotees, some ordinary students who heard Him fashioned their own interpretation.
নামে স্তুতিবাদ শুনি’ প্রভুর হৈল দুঃখ ।
সবারে নিষেধিল,—ইহার না দেখিহ মুখ ॥ ৭৩ ॥
nāme stuti-vāda śuni’ prabhura haila duḥkha
sabāre niṣedhila, — ihāra nā dekhiha mukha

Synonyms

nāmein the holy name of the Lord; stuti-vādaexaggeration; śuni’hearing; prabhuraof the Lord; hailabecame; duḥkhaaggrieved; sabāreunto everyone; niṣedhilawarned; ihāraof him; do not; dekhihasee; mukhaface.

Translation

When a student interpreted the glories of the holy name as a prayer of exaggeration, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, greatly unhappy, immediately warned everyone not to see the student’s face henceforward.

Purport

Once when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explained the glories of the transcendental potency of the Lord’s holy name, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one unfortunate student said that such glorification of the holy name was an exaggeration in the śāstras to induce people to take to it. In this way the student interpreted the glories of the holy name. This is called artha-vāda, and it is one of the ten offenses at the lotus feet of the holy name of the Lord. There are many kinds of offenses, but the offense known as nāma-aparādha, an offense at the lotus feet of the holy name, is extremely dangerous. The Lord therefore warned everyone not to see the face of the offender. The Lord immediately took a bath in the Ganges with all His clothes on to teach everyone to avoid such a nāma-aparādha. The holy name is identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is no difference between the person God and His holy name. This is the absolute position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore one who distinguishes between the Lord and His name is called a pāṣaṇḍī, or nonbeliever, an atheistic demon. Glorification of the holy name is glorification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should never attempt to distinguish between the Lord and His name or interpret the glories of the holy name as mere exaggerations.
সগণে সচেলে গিয়া কৈল গঙ্গাস্নান ।
ভক্তির মহিমা তাঁহা করিল ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ৭৪ ॥
sagaṇe sacele giyā kaila gaṅgā-snāna
bhaktira mahimā tāhāṅ karila vyākhyāna

Synonyms

sa-gaṇewith His followers; sa-celewithout leaving the clothes; giyāgoing; kailadid; gaṅgā-snānabathing in the Ganges; bhaktiraof devotional service; mahimāglories; tāhāṅthere; kariladid; vyākhyānaexplanation.

Translation

Without even removing His garments, Lord Caitanya took a bath in the Ganges with His companions. There He explained the glories of devotional service.
জ্ঞান–কর্ম–যোগ–ধর্মে নহে কৃষ্ণ বশ ।
কৃষ্ণবশ–হেতু এক—প্রেমভক্তি–রস ॥ ৭৫ ॥
jñāna-karma-yoga-dharme nahe kṛṣṇa vaśa
kṛṣṇa-vaśa-hetu eka — prema-bhakti-rasa

Synonyms

jñānathe path of speculative knowledge; karmafruitive activities; yogathe process of controlling the senses; dharmein the activities, in such an occupation; naheis not; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; vaśapleased; kṛṣṇaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; vaśafor the pleasure; hetureason; ekaone; premalove; bhaktidevotional service; rasasuch a mellow.

Translation

“By following the paths of speculative philosophical knowledge, fruitive activity or mystic yoga to control the senses, one cannot satisfy Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord. Unalloyed devotional love for Kṛṣṇa is the only cause for the Lord’s satisfaction.
ন সাধয়তি মাং যোগো ন সাঙ্খ্যং ধর্ম উদ্ধব ।
ন স্বাধ্যায়স্তপস্ত্যাগো যথা ভক্তির্মমোর্জিতা ॥৭৬ ॥
na sādhayati māṁ yogo
na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava
na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo
yathā bhaktir mamorjitā

Synonyms

nanever; sādhayaticauses to remain satisfied; māmMe; yogaḥthe process of control; nanor; sāṅkhyamthe process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmaḥsuch an occupation; uddhavaMy dear Uddhava; nanor; svādhyāyaḥstudy of the Vedas; tapaḥausterities; tyāgaḥrenunciation, acceptance of sannyāsa, or charity; yathāas much as; bhaktiḥdevotional service; mamaunto Me; ūrjitādeveloped.

Translation

“[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, said:] ‘My dear Uddhava, neither through aṣṭāṅga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses], nor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance of sannyāsa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.’ ”

Purport

Karmīs, jñānīs, yogīs, tapasvīs and students of Vedic literature who do not have Kṛṣṇa consciousness simply beat around the bush and do not get any final profit because they have no clear knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Nor do they have faith in approaching Him by discharging devotional service, although everywhere such service is repeatedly emphasized, as it is in this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.14.20). The Bhagavad-gītā (18.55) also declares, bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ: “One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service.” If one wants to understand the Supreme Personality factually, he must take to the path of devotional service and not waste time in profitless philosophical speculation, fruitive activity, mystic yogic practice or severe austerity and penance. Elsewhere in the Bhagavad-gītā (12.5) the Lord confirms, kleśo ’dhikataras teṣām avyaktāsakta-cetasām: “For those whose minds are attached to the unmanifested, impersonal feature of the Supreme, advancement is very troublesome.” People who are attached to the impersonal feature of the Lord are obliged to take great trouble, yet nevertheless they cannot understand the Absolute Truth. As explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11), brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate. Unless one understands the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the original source of both Brahman and Paramātmā, one is still in darkness about the Absolute Truth.
মুরারিকে কহে তুমি কৃষ্ণ বশ কৈলা ।
শুনিয়া মুরারি শ্লোক কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৭৭ ॥
murārike kahe tumi kṛṣṇa vaśa kailā
śuniyā murāri śloka kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

murārikeunto Murāri; kahesays; tumiyou; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; vaśasatisfied; kailamade; śuniyāhearing; murāriMurāri; ślokaverse; kahiteto speak; lāgilabegan.

Translation

Lord Caitanya then praised Murāri Gupta, saying, “You have satisfied Lord Kṛṣṇa.” Hearing this, Murāri Gupta quoted a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
ক্বাহং দরিদ্রঃ পাপীয়ান্‌ ক্ব কৃষ্ণঃ শ্রীনিকেতনঃ ।
ব্রহ্মবন্ধুরিতি স্মাহং বাহুভ্যাং পরিরম্ভিতঃ ॥ ৭৮ ॥
kvāhaṁ daridraḥ pāpīyān
kva kṛṣṇaḥ śrī-niketanaḥ
brahma-bandhur iti smāhaṁ
bāhubhyāṁ parirambhitaḥ

Synonyms

kvawhereas; ahamI (am); daridraḥvery poor; pāpīyānsinful; kvawhereas; kṛṣṇaḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; śrīniketanaḥthe shelter of the goddess of fortune; brahma-bandhuḥa caste brāhmaṇa without brahminical qualifications; itithus; smacertainly; ahamI (am); bāhubhyāmby the arms; parirambhitaḥembraced.

Translation

“ ‘Since I am but a poor, sinful brahma-bandhu, not brahminically qualified although born in a brāhmaṇa family, and You, Lord Kṛṣṇa, are the shelter of the goddess of fortune, it is simply wonderful, my dear Lord Kṛṣṇa, that You have embraced me with Your arms.’ ”

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.81.16) spoken by Sudāmā Vipra in the presence of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa. This and the previous verse quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam clearly indicate that although Kṛṣṇa is so great that it is not possible for anyone to satisfy Him, He exhibits His greatness by being personally satisfied even with one who is unqualified from so many angles of vision. Sudāmā Vipra was born in a family of brāhmaṇas, and he was a learned scholar and a class friend of Kṛṣṇa’s, yet he considered himself unfit to be strictly called a brāhmaṇa. He called himself a brahma-bandhu, meaning “one born in a brāhmaṇa family but not brahminically qualified.” Because of His great respect for brāhmaṇas, however, Kṛṣṇa embraced Sudāmā Vipra, although he was not a regular brāhmaṇa but a brahma-bandhu, or friend of a brāhmaṇa family. Murāri Gupta could not be called even a brahma-bandhu because he was born of a vaidya family and according to the social structure was therefore considered a śūdra. But Kṛṣṇa bestowed special mercy upon Murāri Gupta because he was a beloved devotee of the Lord, as stated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The purport of Śrī Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura’s elaborate discussion of this subject is that no qualification in this material world can satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, yet everything becomes successful simply through development of devotional service to the Lord.
The members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness cannot even call themselves brahma-bandhus. Therefore our only means for satisfying Kṛṣṇa is to pursue the injunctions of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who says:
yāre dekha, tāre kaha ‘kṛṣṇa’-upadeśa
āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra’ ei deśa
“Whomever you meet, instruct him on the teachings of Kṛṣṇa. In this way, on My order, become a spiritual master and deliver the people of this country.” (Cc. Madhya 7.128) Simply trying to follow the orders of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we speak to the people of the world about Bhagavad-gītā As It Is. This will make us qualified to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.
একদিন প্রভু সব ভক্তগণ লঞা ।
সংকীর্তন করি’ বৈসে শ্রমযুক্ত হঞা ॥ ৭৯ ॥
eka-dina prabhu saba bhakta-gaṇa lañā
saṅkīrtana kari’ vaise śrama-yukta hañā

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; prabhuthe Lord; sabaall; bhakta-gaṇadevotees; lañātaking into company; saṅkīrtanachanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; kari’doing so; vaisesat; śrama-yuktafeeling fatigued; hañāthus being.

Translation

One day the Lord performed saṅkīrtana with all His devotees, and when they were greatly fatigued they sat down.
এক আম্রবীজ প্রভু অঙ্গনে রোপিল ।
তৎক্ষণে জন্মিল বৃক্ষ বাড়িতে লাগিল ॥ ৮০ ॥
eka āmra-bīja prabhu aṅgane ropila
tat-kṣaṇe janmila vṛkṣa bāḍite lāgila

Synonyms

ekaone; āmra-bījaseed of a mango; prabhuthe Lord; aṅganein the yard; ropilasowed; tat-kṣaṇeimmediately; janmilafructified; vṛkṣaa tree; bāḍiteto grow; lāgilabegan.

Translation

The Lord then sowed a mango seed in the yard, and immediately the seed fructified into a tree and began to grow.
দেখিতে দেখিতে বৃক্ষ হইল ফলিত ।
পাকিল অনেক ফল, সবেই বিস্মিত ॥ ৮১ ॥
dekhite dekhite vṛkṣa ha-ila phalita
pākila aneka phala, sabei vismita

Synonyms

dekhite dekhiteas people were seeing; vṛkṣathe tree; ha-ilabecame; phalitafully grown with fruits; pākilaripened; anekamany; phalafruits; sabeievery one of them; vismitastruck with wonder.

Translation

As people looked on, the tree became fully grown, with fruits that fully ripened. Thus everyone was struck with wonder.
শত দুই ফল প্রভু শীঘ্র পাড়াইল ।
প্রক্ষালন করি’ কৃষ্ণে ভোগ লাগাইল ॥ ৮২ ॥
śata dui phala prabhu śīghra pāḍāila
prakṣālana kari’ kṛṣṇe bhoga lāgāila

Synonyms

śatahundred; duitwo; phalafruits; prabhuthe Lord; śīghravery soon; pāḍāilacaused to be picked up; prakṣālanawashing; kari’doing; kṛṣṇeto Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhogaoffering; lāgāilamade it so.

Translation

The Lord immediately picked about two hundred fruits, and after washing them He offered them to Kṛṣṇa to eat.
রক্ত–পীতবর্ণ,—নাহি অষ্ঠি–বল্কল ।
এক জনের পেট ভরে খাইলে এক ফল ॥ ৮৩ ॥
rakta-pīta-varṇa, — nāhi aṣṭhi-valkala
eka janera peṭa bhare khāile eka phala

Synonyms

rakta-pīta-varṇathe mangoes were red and yellow in color; nāhithere was none; aṣṭhiseed; valkalaor skin; ekaone; janeraman’s; peṭabelly; bharefilled up; khāileif he would eat; ekaone; phalafruit.

Translation

The fruits were all red and yellow, with no seed inside and no skin outside, and eating one fruit would immediately fill a man’s belly.

Purport

In India a mango is considered best when it is red and yellow, its seed is very small, its skin is very thin, and it is so palatable that if a person eats one fruit he will be satisfied. The mango is considered the king of all fruits.
দেখিয়া সন্তুষ্ট হৈলা শচীর নন্দন ।
সবাকে খাওয়াল আগে করিয়া ভক্ষণ ॥ ৮৪ ॥
dekhiyā santuṣṭa hailā śacīra nandana
sabāke khāoyāla āge kariyā bhakṣaṇa

Synonyms

dekhiyāseeing this; santuṣṭasatisfied; hailābecame; śacīraof mother Śacī; nandanason; sabākeeveryone; khāoyālamade to eat; āgein the beginning; kariyādoing; bhakṣaṇaeating Himself.

Translation

Seeing the quality of the mangoes, the Lord was greatly satisfied, and thus after eating first, He fed all the other devotees.
অষ্ঠি–বল্কল নাহি,—অমৃত–রসময় ।
এক ফল খাইলে রসে উদর পূরয় ॥ ৮৫ ॥
aṣṭhi-valkala nāhi, — amṛta-rasamaya
eka phala khāile rase udara pūraya

Synonyms

aṣṭhiseed; valkalaskin; nāhithere is none; amṛtanectar; rasa-mayafull of juice; ekaone; phalafruit; khāileif one eats; rasewith the juice; udarabelly; pūrayafulfilled.

Translation

The fruits had no seeds or skins. They were full of nectarean juice and were so sweet that a man would be fully satisfied by eating only one.
এইমত প্রতিদিন ফলে বার মাস ।
বৈষ্ণব খায়েন ফল,—প্রভুর উল্লাস ॥ ৮৬ ॥
ei-mata pratidina phale bāra māsa
vaiṣṇava khāyena phala, — prabhura ullāsa

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; prati-dinaevery day; phalefruit grew; bāratwelve; māsamonths; vaiṣṇavathe Vaiṣṇavas; khāyenaeat; phalathe fruits; prabhurathe Lord’s; ullāsasatisfaction.

Translation

In this way, fruits grew on the tree every day throughout the twelve months of the year, and the Vaiṣṇavas used to eat them, to the Lord’s great satisfaction.
এই সব লীলা করে শচীর নন্দন ।
অন্য লোক নাহি জানে বিনা ভক্তগণ ॥ ৮৭ ॥
ei saba līlā kare śacīra nandana
anya loka nāhi jāne vinā bhakta-gaṇa

Synonyms

ei sabaall these; līlāpastimes; kareperformed; śacīraof mother Śacī; nandanason; anya lokaother people; nāhido not; jāneknow; vināexcept; bhakta-gaṇathe devotees.

Translation

These are confidential pastimes of the son of Śacī. Other than devotees, no one knows of this incident.

Purport

Nondevotees cannot believe this incident, yet the place where the tree grew still exists in Māyāpur. It is called Āmra-ghaṭṭa or Āma-ghāṭā.
এই মত বারমাস কীর্তন–অবসানে ।
আম্রমহোৎসব প্রভু করে দিনে দিনে ॥ ৮৮ ॥
ei mata bāra-māsa kīrtana-avasāne
āmra-mahotsava prabhu kare dine dine

Synonyms

ei matain this way; bāra-māsafor twelve months; kīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; avasāneat the end; āmra-mahā-utsavafestival of eating mangoes; prabhuthe Lord; kareperforms; dine dineevery day.

Translation

In this way the Lord performed saṅkīrtana every day, and at the end of saṅkīrtana there was a mango-eating festival every day for twelve months.

Purport

On principle, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu would distribute prasādam at the end of kīrtana performances. Similarly, the members of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement must distribute some prasādam to the audience after performing kīrtana.
কীর্তন করিতে প্রভু আইল মেঘগণ ।
আপন–ইচ্ছায় কৈল মেঘ নিবারণ ॥ ৮৯ ॥
kīrtana karite prabhu āila megha-gaṇa
āpana-icchāya kaila megha nivāraṇa

Synonyms

kīrtanasaṅkīrtana; kariteperforming; prabhuthe Lord; āilathere was; megha-gaṇabunches of clouds; āpana-icchāyaby self-will; kailamade; meghaof the clouds; nivāraṇastopping.

Translation

Once while Caitanya Mahāprabhu was performing kīrtana, clouds assembled in the sky, and the Lord, by His own will, immediately stopped them from pouring rain.

Purport

In this connection Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says that once when Lord Caitanya was performing saṅkīrtana a short way from the village, some clouds appeared overhead. By the supreme will of the Lord, the clouds were asked to disperse, and they did. Because of this incident, that place is still known as Meghera-cara. Since the course of the Ganges has now changed, the village of the name Belapukhuriyā, which was formerly situated in a different place, called Tāraṇavāsa, has now become known as Meghera-cara. The Madhya-khaṇḍa of Śrīla Locana dāsa Ṭhākura’s Caitanya-maṅgala also relates that once at the end of the day, when evening clouds assembled overhead and thundered threateningly, all the Vaiṣṇavas were very much afraid. But the Lord took His karatālas in His hands and personally began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, looking up toward the sky as if to direct the demigods in the higher planets. Thus all the assembled clouds dispersed, and as the sky became clear, with the moon rising, the Lord began dancing very happily with His jubilant and satisfied devotees.
একদিন প্রভু শ্রীবাসেরে আজ্ঞা দিল ।
‘বৃহৎ সহস্রনাম’ পড়, শুনিতে মন হৈল ॥ ৯০ ॥
eka-dina prabhu śrīvāsere ājñā dila
‘bṛhat sahasra-nāma’ paḍa, śunite mana haila

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; prabhuthe Lord; śrīvāsereunto Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; ājñāorder; dilagave; bṛhatgreat; sahasra-nāmaone thousand names; paḍaread; śuniteto hear; manamind; hailawanted.

Translation

One day the Lord ordered Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura to read the Bṛhat-sahasra-nāma [the thousand names of Lord Viṣṇu], for He wanted to hear them at that time.
পড়িতে আইলা স্তবে নৃসিংহের নাম ।
শুনিয়া আবিষ্ট হৈলা প্রভু গৌরধাম ॥ ৯১ ॥
paḍite āilā stave nṛsiṁhera nāma
śuniyā āviṣṭa hailā prabhu gauradhāma

Synonyms

paḍitewhile reading; āilācame; stavein the prayer; nṛsiṁheraof Lord Nṛsiṁha; nāmathe holy name; śuniyāhearing; āviṣṭaabsorbed; hailābecame; prabhuLord; gaura-dhāmaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

As he read the thousand names of the Lord, in due course the holy name of Lord Nṛsiṁha appeared. When Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard the holy name of Lord Nṛsiṁha, He became fully absorbed in thought.

Purport

The Caitanya-maṅgala, Madhya-khaṇḍa, describes this incident as follows: Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita was performing the śrāddha ceremony for his father, and as is customary, he was hearing the thousand names of Lord Viṣṇu. At that time Gaurahari (Lord Caitanya) appeared on the scene, and He also began to hear the thousand names of Viṣṇu with full satisfaction. When He thus heard the holy name of Lord Nṛsiṁha, Lord Caitanya became absorbed in thought, and He became angry like Nṛsiṁha Prabhu in His angry mood. His eyes became red, His bodily hairs stood on end, all the parts of His body trembled, and He made a thundering sound. All of a sudden He took up a club, and people became greatly afraid, thinking, “We do not know what kind of offense we have now committed!” But then Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu adjusted His thoughts and sat down on His seat.
নৃসিংহ–আবেশে প্রভু হাতে গদা লঞা ।
পাষণ্ডী মারিতে যায় নগরে ধাইয়া ॥ ৯২ ॥
nṛsiṁha-āveśe prabhu hāte gadā lañā
pāṣaṇḍī mārite yāya nagare dhāiyā

Synonyms

nṛsiṁha-āveśein the ecstatic mood of Lord Nṛsiṁha; prabhuthe Lord; hātein His hand; gadāclub; lañātaking; pāṣaṇḍīthe atheists; māriteto kill; yāyagoes; nagarein the city; dhāiyārunning.

Translation

In the mood of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, Lord Caitanya ran through the city streets, club in hand, ready to kill all the atheists.
নৃসিংহ–আবেশ দেখি’ মহাতেজোময় ।
পথ ছাড়ি’ ভাগে লোক পাঞা বড় ভয় ॥ ৯৩ ॥
nṛsīṁha-āveśa dekhi’ mahā-tejomaya
patha chāḍi’ bhāge loka pāñā baḍa bhaya

Synonyms

nṛsiṁha-āveśathe ecstasy of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva; dekhi’seeing; mahā-tejo-mayavery fierce; patha chāḍi’giving up the road; bhāgerun away; lokaall people; pāñāgetting; baḍavery much; bhayaafraid.

Translation

Seeing Him appearing very fierce in the ecstasy of Lord Nṛsiṁha, people ran from the street and fled here and there, afraid of His anger.
লোক–ভয় দেখি’ প্রভুর বাহ্য হইল ।
শ্রীবাস–গৃহেতে গিয়া গদা ফেলাইল ॥ ৯৪ ॥
loka-bhaya dekhi’ prabhura bāhya ha-ila
śrīvāsa-gṛhete giyā gadā phelāila

Synonyms

loka-bhayathe fearful people; dekhi’seeing this; prabhuraof the Lord; bāhyaexternal sense; ha-ilaappeared; śrīvāsa-gṛhetein the house of Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita; giyāgoing there; gadāthe club; phelāilathrew away.

Translation

Seeing the people so afraid, the Lord came to His external senses and thus returned to the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura and threw away the club.
শ্রীবাসে কহেন প্রভু করিয়া বিষাদ ।
লোক ভয় পায়,—মোর হয় অপরাধ ॥ ৯৫ ॥
śrīvāse kahena prabhu kariyā viṣāda
loka bhaya pāya, — mora haya aparādha

Synonyms

śrīvāseunto Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; kahenasays; prabhuthe Lord; kariyābecoming; viṣādamorose; lokapeople; bhaya pāyabecome afraid; moraMy; hayathere is; aparādhaoffense.

Translation

The Lord became morose and said to Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, “When I adopted the mood of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, people were greatly afraid. Therefore I stopped, since causing fear among people is an offense.”
শ্রীবাস বলেন,—যে তোমার নাম লয় ।
তার কোটি অপরাধ সব হয় ক্ষয় ॥ ৯৬ ॥
śrīvāsa balena, — ye tomāra nāma laya
tāra koṭi aparādha saba haya kṣaya

Synonyms

śrīvāsa balenaŚrīvāsa Paṇḍita said; yeanyone who; tomaraYour; nāmaholy name; layatakes; tārahis; koṭiten million; aparādhaoffenses; sabaall; hayabecome; kṣayavanquished.

Translation

Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura replied, “Anyone who takes Your holy name vanquishes ten million of his offenses immediately.
অপরাধ নাহি, কৈলে লোকের নিস্তার ।
যে তোমা’ দেখিল, তার ছুটিল সংসার ॥ ৯৭ ॥
aparādha nāhi, kaile lokera nistāra
ye tomā’ dekhila, tāra chuṭila saṁsāra

Synonyms

aparādhaoffense; nāhidid not; kailecommitted; lokeraof the people; nistāraliberation; yeanyone who; tomā’You; dekhilasaw; tārahis; chuṭilabecame free; saṁsāramaterial bondage.

Translation

“There was no offense in Your appearing as Nṛsiṁhadeva. Rather, any man who saw You in that mood was immediately liberated from the bondage of material existence.”
এত বলি’ শ্রীবাস করিল সেবন ।
তুষ্ট হঞা প্রভু আইলা আপন–ভবন ॥ ৯৮ ॥
eta bali’ śrīvāsa karila sevana
tuṣṭa hañā prabhu āilā āpana-bhavana

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; kariladid; sevanaworship; tuṣṭasatisfied; hañābecoming; prabhuthe Lord; āilācame back; āpana-bhavanato His own home.

Translation

After saying this, Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura worshiped the Lord, who was then greatly satisfied and returned to His own home.
আর দিন শিবভক্ত শিবগুণ গায় ।
প্রভুর অঙ্গনে নাচে, ডমরু বাজায় ॥ ৯৯ ॥
āra dina śiva-bhakta śiva-guṇa gāya
prabhura aṅgane nāce, ḍamaru bājāya

Synonyms

āra dinaanother day; śiva-bhaktaa devotee of Lord Śiva; śiva-guṇathe qualities of Lord Śiva; gāyachants; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya; aṅganein the courtyard; nācedances; ḍamarua kind of musical instrument; bājāyāplays on it.

Translation

On another day a great devotee of Lord Śiva, chanting of Lord Śiva’s qualities, came to Lord Caitanya’s house, where he began dancing in the courtyard and playing his ḍamaru [a musical instrument].
মহেশ–আবেশ হৈলা শচীর নন্দন ।
তার স্কন্ধে চড়ি নৃত্য কৈল বহুক্ষণ ॥ ১০০ ॥
maheśa-āveśa hailā śacīra nandana
tāra skandhe caḍi nṛtya kaila bahu-kṣaṇa

Synonyms

maheśa-āveśain the mood of Lord Śiva; hailābecame; śacīraof mother Śacī; nandanason; tāra skandheon his shoulder; caḍigetting on; nṛtyadance; kailadid; bahu-kṣaṇafor a long time.

Translation

Then Lord Caitanya, adopting the mood of Lord Śiva, got on the man’s shoulders, and thus they danced together for a long time.

Purport

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu adopted the mood of Lord Śiva, for He is Śiva also. According to the philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva, Lord Śiva is not different from Lord Viṣṇu, but still Lord Śiva is not Lord Viṣṇu, just as yogurt is nothing but milk and yet is not milk nevertheless. One cannot get the benefit of milk by drinking yogurt. Similarly, one cannot get salvation by worshiping Lord Śiva. If one wants salvation, one must worship Lord Viṣṇu. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4): mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ. Everything is resting on the Lord, for everything is His energy, yet He is not everywhere. Lord Caitanya’s adopting the mood of Lord Śiva is not extraordinary, but one should not therefore think that by worshiping Lord Śiva one is worshiping Lord Caitanya. That would be a mistake.
আর দিন এক ভিক্ষুক আইলা মাগিতে ।
প্রভুর নৃত্য দেখি নৃত্য লাগিল করিতে ॥ ১০১ ॥
āra dina eka bhikṣuka āilā māgite
prabhura nṛtya dekhi nṛtya lāgila karite

Synonyms

āraanother; dinaday; ekaone; bhikṣukabeggar; āilācame; māgiteto beg; prabhuraof the Lord; nṛtyadancing; dekhiseeing; nṛtyadancing; lāgilabegan; kariteto perform.

Translation

On another day a mendicant came to beg alms from the Lord’s house, but when he saw the Lord dancing, he also began to dance.
প্রভু–সঙ্গে নৃত্য করে পরম উল্লাসে ।
প্রভু তারে প্রেম দিল, প্রেমরসে ভাসে ॥ ১০২ ॥
prabhu-saṅge nṛtya kare parama ullāse
prabhu tāre prema dila, prema-rase bhāse

Synonyms

prabhu-saṅgealong with the Lord; nṛtya karewas dancing; paramavery much; ullāsein satisfaction; prabhuthe Lord; tārehim; premalove of Godhead; diladelivered; prema-rasein the mellows of love of God; bhāsebegan to float.

Translation

He danced with the Lord because he was favored by love of Kṛṣṇa. Thus he flowed in the mellows of love of Godhead.
আর দিনে জ্যোতিষ সর্বজ্ঞ এক আইল ।
তাহারে সম্মান করি’ প্রভু প্রশ্ন কৈল ॥ ১০৩ ॥
āra dine jyotiṣa sarva-jña eka āila
tāhāre sammāna kari’ prabhu praśna kaila

Synonyms

āra dinesome other day; jyotiṣaan astrologer; sarva-jñawho knows everything; ekaone; āilacame there; tāhāreunto him; sammāna kari’giving all honor; prabhuthe Lord; praśnaquestion; kailaput.

Translation

On another day an astrologer came who was said to know everything — past, present and future. Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu received him with all honor and put this question before him.

Purport

Brāhmaṇas generally used to become astrologers, Āyur-vedic physicians, teachers and priests. Although highly learned and respectable, such brāhmaṇas went from door to door to distribute their knowledge. A brāhmaṇa would first go to a householder’s home to give information about the functions to be performed on a particular tithi, or date, but if there were sickness in the family, the family members would consult the brāhmaṇa as a physician, and the brāhmaṇa would give instruction and some medicine. Often, since the brāhmaṇas were expert in astrology, people would also be greatly inquisitive about their past, present and future.
Although the brāhmaṇa appeared at Lord Caitanya’s house as a beggar, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu received him with great respect because he was a qualified brāhmaṇa who knew the astrological science perfectly. Although brāhmaṇas would go door to door just like beggars, they were honored as very respectable guests. This was the system in Hindu society five hundred years ago, during the time of Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This system was current even one hundred years ago; even fifty or sixty years ago, when we were children, such brāhmaṇas would visit householders like humble beggars, and people would derive great benefit from the mercy of such brāhmaṇas. The greatest benefit was that a householder could save a great deal of money from being spent on doctor bills because the brāhmaṇas, aside from explaining the past, present and future, could ordinarily cure all kinds of diseases simply by giving instructions and some medicine. Thus no one was bereft of the benefit of a first-class physician, astrologer and priest. The important members of ISKCON should give careful attention to our Dallas school, where children are being taught Sanskrit and English to become perfect brāhmaṇas. If they are actually trained as perfect brāhmaṇas, they can save society from rogues and ruffians; indeed, people can live happily under the protection of qualified brāhmaṇas. Therefore the Bhagavad-gītā (4.13) gives special stress to the division of society (cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karmavibhāgaśaḥ). Unfortunately some people are now claiming to be brāhmaṇas simply by birthright, with no qualifications. Therefore the entire society is in chaos.
কে আছিলুঁ আমি পূর্বজন্মে কহ গণি’ ।
গণিতে লাগিলা সর্বজ্ঞ প্রভুবাক্য শুনি’ ॥ ১০৪ ॥
ke āchiluṅ āmi pūrva janme kaha gaṇi’
gaṇite lāgilā sarva-jña prabhu-vākya śuni’

Synonyms

ke āchiluṅ āmiwho I was; pūrva janmein My previous birth; kahaplease say; gaṇi’by your astrological calculation; gaṇiteto calculate; lāgilābegan; sarva-jñaa man who knows past, present and future; prabhu-vākyathe words of Lord Caitanya; śuni’hearing.

Translation

“Please tell Me who I was in My previous birth,” the Lord said. “Please tell Me by your astrological computations.” Hearing the words of the Lord, the astrologer immediately began to calculate.

Purport

Through astrology one can know past, present and future. Modern Western astrologers have no knowledge of the past or future, nor can they perfectly say anything about the present. Herein we find, however, that after hearing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order, the astrologer immediately began his calculations. This was not a facade: he actually knew how to ascertain one’s past life through astrology. A still-existing treatise called the Bhṛgu-saṁhitā describes a system by which anyone can immediately get information about what he was in the past and what he is going to be in the future. The brāhmaṇas who went door to door as if beggars had perfect command of such vast knowledge. Thus the highest knowledge was easily available even to the poorest man in society. The poorest man could inquire from an astrologer about his past, present and future, with no need for business agreements or exorbitant payments. The brāhmaṇa would give him all the benefit of his knowledge without asking remuneration, and the poor man, in return, would offer a handful of rice, or anything he had in his possession, to satisfy the brāhmaṇa. In a perfect human society, perfect knowledge in any science — medical, astrological, ecclesiastical and so on — is available even to the poorest man, with no anxiety over payment. In the present day, however, no one can get justice, medical treatment, astrological help or ecclesiastical enlightenment without money, and since people are generally poor, they are bereft of the benefits of all these great sciences.
গণি’ ধ্যানে দেখে সর্বজ্ঞ,—মহাজ্যোতির্ময় ।
অনন্ত বৈকুণ্ঠ–ব্রহ্মাণ্ড—সবার আশ্রয় ॥ ১০৫ ॥
gaṇi’ dhyāne dekhe sarva-jña, — mahā-jyotirmaya
ananta vaikuṇṭha-brahmāṇḍa — sabāra āśraya

Synonyms

gaṇi’by calculation; dhyāneby meditation; dekhesees; sarva-jñaknower of everything; mahā-jyotir-mayahighly effulgent body; anantaunlimited; vaikuṇṭhaspiritual world; brahmāṇḍaplanets; sabāraof all of them; āśrayashelter.

Translation

Through calculation and meditation, the all-knowing astrologer saw the greatly effulgent body of the Lord, which is the resting place of all the unlimited Vaikuṇṭha planets.

Purport

Here we get some information of the Vaikuṇṭha world, or spiritual world. Vaikuṇṭha means “without anxiety.” In the material world, everyone is full of anxiety, but another world, where there is no anxiety, is described in the Bhagavad-gītā (8.20):
paras tasmāt tu bhāvo ’nyo’vyakto ’vyaktāt sanātanaḥ
yaḥ sa sarveṣu bhūteṣu
naśyatsu na vinaśyati
“Yet there is another unmanifest nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this manifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When all in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it is.”
As there are many planets within the material world, there are many millions of planets, called Vaikuṇṭhalokas, in the spiritual world. All these Vaikuṇṭhalokas, or superior planets, rest on the effulgence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in the Brahma-saṁhitā (yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi-), the Brahman effulgence emanating from the body of the Supreme Lord creates innumerable planets in both the spiritual and material worlds; thus these planets are creations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The astrologer saw Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to be the very same Personality of Godhead. We can just imagine how learned he was, yet he was traveling door to door, just like an ordinary beggar, for the highest benefit of human society.
পরমতত্ত্ব, পরব্রহ্ম, পরম–ঈশ্বর ।
দেখি’ প্রভুর মূর্তি সর্বজ্ঞ হইল ফাঁফর ॥ ১০৬ ॥
parama-tattva, para-brahma, parama-īśvara
dekhi’ prabhura mūrti sarva-jña ha-ila phāṅphara

Synonyms

parama-tattvathe Supreme Truth; para-brahmathe Supreme Brahman; parama-īśvarathe Supreme Lord; dekhi’seeing; prabhuraof the Lord; mūrtiform; sarva-jñathe all-knowing astrologer; ha-ilabecame; phāṅpharaconfused.

Translation

Seeing Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to be the same Absolute Truth, the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead, the astrologer was confused.

Purport

Herein it is clearly indicated that the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Brahman, is, in the ultimate issue, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore a person is the beginning of all things. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.8), mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate: everything begins from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord is the supreme living entity. Therefore whatever exists, whether matter or spirit, is all but an emanation from the Supreme Person, or supreme life. The modern scientists’ theory that life begins from matter is nonsense. Both matter and life begin from life. Unfortunately the scientists do not know this scientific fact; they are drifting in the darkness of their so-called knowledge.
বলিতে না পারে কিছু, মৌন হইল ।
প্রভু পুনঃ প্রশ্ন কৈল, কহিতে লাগিল ॥ ১০৭ ॥
balite nā pāre kichu, mauna ha-ila
prabhu punaḥ praśna kaila, kahite lāgila

Synonyms

baliteto say; pāreis not able; kichuanything; maunasilent; ha-ilabecame; prabhuthe Lord; punaḥagain; praśnaquestion; kailaput; kahiteto speak; lāgilabegan.

Translation

Struck with wonder, the astrologer remained silent, unable to speak. But when the Lord again put the question before him, he replied as follows.
পূর্বজন্মে ছিলা তুমি জগৎ–আশ্রয় ।
পরিপূর্ণ ভগবান্‌–সর্বৈশ্বর্যময় ॥ ১০৮ ॥
pūrva janme chilā tumi jagat-āśraya
paripūrṇa bhagavān — sarvaiśvaryamaya

Synonyms

pūrva janmein the previous birth; chilāwere; tumiYou; jagatuniverse; āśrayashelter; paripūrṇawith full potencies; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-aiśvarya-mayafull of all opulences.

Translation

“My dear sir, in Your previous birth You were the shelter of all creation, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full of all opulences.
পূর্বে যৈছে ছিলা তুমি এবেহ সেরূপ ।
দুর্বিজ্ঞেয় নিত্যানন্দ—তোমার স্বরূপ ॥ ১০৯ ॥
pūrve yaiche chilā tumi ebeha se-rūpa
durvijñeya nityānanda — tomāra svarūpa

Synonyms

pūrvein the past; yaicheas much as; chilāYou were; tumiYou; ebehanow also; se-rūpathe same thing; durvijñeyainconceivable; nityānandaeternal happiness; tomāraYour; svarūpaidentity.

Translation

“You are now the same Personality of Godhead that You were in Your previous birth. Your identity is inconceivable eternal happiness.”

Purport

By the power of astrological science one can even ascertain the position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everything is to be identified by its symptoms. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is identified by the symptoms mentioned in the śāstras. It is not that anyone and everyone can become God without proof from śāstras.
প্রভু হাসি’ কৈলা,—তুমি কিছু না জানিলা ।
পূর্বে আমি আছিলাঙ জাতিতে গোয়ালা ॥ ১১০ ॥
prabhu hāsi’ kailā, — tumi kichu nā jānilā
pūrve āmi āchilāṅ jātite goyālā

Synonyms

prabhuthe Lord; hāsi’smiling; kailāsaid; tumiyou; kichuanything; not; jānilāknow; pūrvein the past; āmiI; āchilāṅwas; jātiteby caste; goyālācowherd.

Translation

When the astrologer was speaking so highly of Him, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stopped him and began to smile. “My dear sir,” He said, “I think you do not know very clearly what I was, for I know that in My previous birth I was a cowherd boy.
গোপগৃহে জন্ম ছিল, গাভীর রাখাল ।
সেই পুণ্যে হৈলাঙ এবে ব্রাহ্মণ–ছাওয়াল ॥ ১১১ ॥
gopa-gṛhe janma chila, gābhīra rākhāla
sei puṇye hailāṅ ebe brāhmaṇa-chāoyāla

Synonyms

gopa-gṛhein the house of a cowherd; janmabirth; chilathere was; gābhīraof the cows; rākhālaprotector; sei puṇyeby those pious activities; hailāṅbecame; ebenow; brāhmaṇaof a brāhmaṇa; chāoyālason.

Translation

“In My last birth I was born in the family of cowherd men, and I gave protection to the calves and cows. Because of such pious activities, I have now become the son of a brāhmaṇa.”

Purport

The words of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the greatest authority, herein clearly indicate that one becomes pious simply by keeping cows and protecting them. Unfortunately, people have become such rascals that they do not even care about the words of an authority. People generally consider cowherd men lowly members of society, but herein Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms that they are so pious that in their next lives they are going to be brāhmaṇas. The caste system has a specific purpose. If this scientific system is followed, human society will get the greatest benefit. Heeding this instruction by the Lord, people should serve cows and calves and in return get ample quantities of milk. There is no loss in serving the cows and calves, but modern human society has become so degraded that instead of giving protection to the cows and serving them, people are killing them. How can they expect peace and prosperity in human society while committing such sinful activities? It is impossible.
সর্বজ্ঞ কহে আমি তাহা ধ্যানে দেখিলাঙ ।
তাহাতে ঐশ্বর্য দেখি’ ফাফর হইলাঙ ॥ ১১২ ॥
sarva-jña kahe āmi tāhā dhyāne dekhilāṅ
tāhāte aiśvarya dekhi’ phāṅphara ha-ilāṅ

Synonyms

sarva-jñathe all-knowing astrologer; kahesays; āmiI; tāhāthat; dhyānein meditation; dekhilāṅsaw; tāhātethere; aiśvaryaopulence; dekhi’by seeing; phāṅpharaconfused; ha-ilāṅbecame.

Translation

The astrologer said, “What I saw in meditation was full of opulence, and therefore I was confused.

Purport

It appears that the astrologer not only was a knower of past, present and future through astrological calculation, but was a great meditator as well. Therefore he was a great devotee and could see Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to be the same personality as Kṛṣṇa. He was puzzled, however, about whether Kṛṣṇa and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu were actually the same person.
সেইরূপে এইরূপে দেখি একাকার ।
কভু ভেদ দেখি, এই মায়ায় তোমার ॥ ১১৩ ॥
sei-rūpe ei-rūpe dekhi ekākāra
kabhu bheda dekhi, ei māyāya tomāra

Synonyms

sei-rūpein that form; ei-rūpein this form; dekhiI see; ekaākāraone form; kabhusometimes; bhedadifference; dekhiI see; eithis; māyāya tomāraYour māyā.

Translation

“I am certain that Your form and the form I saw in my meditation are one and the same. If I see any difference, this is an act of Your illusory energy.”

Purport

Śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya: in the vision of a perfect devotee, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is a combination of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. One who sees Lord Caitanya to be different from Kṛṣṇa is under the illusory energy of the Lord. It appears that the astrologer was already an advanced devotee, and when he came into the presence of the Supreme Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he became perfectly self-realized and could see that the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kṛṣṇa and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are one and the same Supreme Person.
যে হও, সে হও তুমি, তোমাকে নমস্কার ।
প্রভু তারে প্রেম দিয়া কৈল পুরস্কার ॥ ১১৪ ॥
ye hao, se hao tumi, tomāke namaskāra
prabhu tāre prema diyā kaila puraskāra

Synonyms

ye haowhatever You are; se hao tumiwhatever You may be; tomākeunto You; namaskāramy obeisances; prabhuthe Lord; tāreunto him; premalove of Godhead; diyādelivered; kailadid; puraskārahonor.

Translation

The all-knowing astrologer concluded, “Whatever You may be or whoever You may be, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You!” By His causeless mercy, the Lord then gave him love of Godhead, thus rewarding him for his service.

Purport

The incident of Lord Caitanya’s meeting the all-knowing astrologer is not mentioned in the Caitanya-bhāgavata, but we cannot therefore say that it did not take place. On the contrary, we must accept the statement of Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī that whatever the Caitanya-bhāgavata did not mention he has especially mentioned in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta.
এক দিন প্রভু বিষ্ণুমণ্ডপে বসিয়া ।
‘মধু আন’, ‘মধু আন’ বলেন ডাকিয়া ॥ ১১৫ ॥
eka dina prabhu viṣṇu-maṇḍape vasiyā
‘madhu āna’, ‘madhu āna’ balena ḍākiyā

Synonyms

eka dinaone day; prabhuthe Lord; viṣṇu-maṇḍapein the corridor of a Viṣṇu temple; vasiyāsitting; madhu ānabring honey; madhu ānabring honey; balenasays; ḍākiyācalling loudly.

Translation

One day the Lord sat down in the corridor of a Viṣṇu temple and began calling very loudly, “Bring some honey! Bring some honey!”
নিত্যানন্দ–গোসাঞি প্রভুর আবেশ জানিল ।
গঙ্গাজল–পাত্র আনি’ সম্মুখে ধরিল ॥ ১১৬ ॥
nityānanda-gosāñi prabhura āveśa jānila
gaṅgā-jala-pātra āni’ sammukhe dharila

Synonyms

nityānanda-gosāñiLord Nityānanda Prabhu; prabhuraof the Lord; āveśaecstasy; jānilacould understand; gaṅgā-jalaGanges water; pātrapot; āni’bringing; sammukhein front; dharilaplaced it.

Translation

Nityānanda Prabhu Gosāñi, understanding the ecstatic mood of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, brought a pot of Ganges water as a token and put it before Him.
জল পান করিয়া নাচে হঞা বিহ্বল ।
যমুনাকর্ষণ–লীলা দেখয়ে সকল ॥ ১১৭ ॥
jala pāna kariyā nāce hañā vihvala
yamunākarṣaṇa-līlā dekhaye sakala

Synonyms

jalawater; pāna kariyāafter drinking; nācedances; hañābecoming; vihvalaecstatic; yamunā-ākarṣaṇaattracting the river Yamunā; līlāpastimes; dekhayesees; sakalaeveryone.

Translation

After drinking the water, Lord Caitanya became so ecstatic that He began to dance. Thus everyone saw the pastime of attracting the river Yamunā.

Purport

Yamunākarṣaṇa-līlā is the pastime of attracting the Yamunā. One day, Śrī Baladeva wanted the Yamunā River to come before Him, and when the river Yamunā refused, He took His plow, wanting to dig a canal so that the Yamunā would be obliged to come there. Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the original form of Baladeva, in His ecstasy He asked everyone to bring honey. In this way, all the devotees standing there saw the yamunākarṣaṇa-līlā. In this līlā, Baladeva was accompanied by His girlfriends. After drinking a honey beverage called Vāruṇī, He wanted to jump into the Yamunā and swim with the girls. It is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.65.25-30, 33) that Lord Baladeva asked the Yamunā to come near, and when the river disobeyed the order of the Lord, He became angry and thus wanted to snatch her near to Him with His plow. The Yamunā, however, very much afraid of Lord Balarāma’s anger, immediately came and surrendered unto Him, praying to the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and admitting her fault. She was then excused. This is the sum and substance of the yamunākarṣaṇa-līlā. The incident is also described in the prayer of Jayadeva Gosvāmī concerning the ten incarnations:
vahasi vapuṣi viśade vasanaṁ jaladābhaṁ
halahati-bhīti-milita-yamunābham
keśava dhṛta-haladhara-rūpa jaya jagad-īśa hare
মদমত্ত–গতি বলদেব–অনুকার ।
আচার্য শেখর তাঁরে দেখে রামাকার ॥ ১১৮ ॥
mada-matta-gati baladeva-anukāra
ācārya śekhara tāṅre dekhe rāmākāra

Synonyms

mada-mattabeing intoxicated by drinking Vāruṇī; gatimovement; baladevaLord Baladeva; anukāraimitating; ācāryaAdvaita Ācārya; śekharaat the head; tāṅreHim; dekhesees; rāma-ākārain the form of Balarāma.

Translation

When the Lord, in His ecstasy of Baladeva, was moving as if intoxicated by the beverage, Advaita Ācārya, the chief of the ācāryas [ācārya śekhara], saw Him in the form of Balarāma.
বনমালী আচার্য দেখে সোনার লাঙ্গল ।
সবে মিলি’ নৃত্য করে আবেশে বিহ্বল ॥ ১১৯ ॥
vanamālī ācārya dekhe soṇāra lāṅgala
sabe mili’ nṛtya kare āveśe vihvala

Synonyms

vanamālī ācāryaVanamālī Ācārya; dekhesees; soṇāramade of gold; lāṅgalaplow; sabeall; mili’meeting together; nṛtyadance; kareperform; āveśein ecstasy; vihvalaoverwhelmed.

Translation

Vanamālī Ācārya saw a golden plow in the hand of Balarāma, and the devotees all assembled together and danced, overwhelmed by ecstasy.
এইমত নৃত্য হইল চারি প্রহর ।
সন্ধ্যায় গঙ্গাস্নান করি’ সবে গেলা ঘর ॥ ১২০ ॥
ei-mata nṛtya ha-ila cāri prahara
sandhyāya gaṅgā-snāna kari’ sabe gelā ghara

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; nṛtyadancing; ha-ilawas performed; cārifour; praharaa period of time lasting three hours; sandhyāyain the evening; gaṅgā-snānataking bath in the Ganges; kari’finishing; sabeall; gelāreturned; gharahome.

Translation

In this way they danced continuously for twelve hours, and in the evening they all took a bath in the Ganges and then returned to their homes.
নগরিয়া লোকে প্রভু যবে আজ্ঞা দিলা ।
ঘরে ঘরে সংকীর্তন করিতে লাগিলা ॥ ১২১ ॥
nagariyā loke prabhu yabe ājñā dilā
ghare ghare saṅkīrtana karite lāgilā

Synonyms

nagariyācitizens; lokeall the people; prabhuthe Lord; yabewhen; ājñāorder; dilāgave; ghare gharein each and every home; saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; kariteto perform; lāgilābegan.

Translation

The Lord ordered all the citizens of Navadvīpa to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, and in each and every home they began performing saṅkīrtana regularly.
‘হরয়ে নমঃ, কৃষ্ণ যাদবায় নমঃ ।
গোপাল গোবিন্দ রাম শ্রীমধুসূদন’ ॥ ১২২ ॥
‘haraye namaḥ, kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ
gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana’

Synonyms

haraye namaḥI offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Hari; kṛṣṇaO Kṛṣṇa; yādavāyaunto the descendant of the Yadu dynasty; namaḥall obeisances; gopālaGopāla; govindaGovinda; rāmaRāma; śrī-madhusūdanaŚrī Madhusūdana.

Translation

[All the devotees sang this popular song along with the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.] “Haraye namaḥ, kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ/ gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana.”
মৃদঙ্গ–করতাল সংকীর্তন–মহাধ্বনি ।
‘হরি’ ‘হরি’–ধ্বনি বিনা অন্য নাহি শুনি ॥ ১২৩ ॥
mṛdaṅga-karatāla saṅkīrtana-mahādhvani
‘hari’ ‘hari’ — dhvani vinā anya nāhi śuni

Synonyms

mṛdaṅgadrum; karatālahand bells; saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of the Lord; mahā-dhvanigreat vibration; harithe Lord; harithe Lord; dhvanisound; vināexcept; anyaanother; nāhinot; śunione can hear.

Translation

When the saṅkīrtana movement thus started, no one in Navadvīpa could hear any sound other than the words “Hari! Hari!” and the beating of the mṛdaṅga and clashing of hand bells.

Purport

The International Society for Krishna Consciousness now has its world center in Navadvīpa, Māyāpur. The managers of this center should see that twenty-four hours a day there is chanting of the holy names of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, with the addition of haraye namaḥ, kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ, for this song was a favorite of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s. But all such saṅkīrtana must be preceded by the chanting of the holy names of the five tattvas — śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya prabhu-nityānanda śrī-advaita gadādhara śrīvāsādi-gaura-bhakta-vṛnda. We are already accustomed to chant these two mantras — śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya prabhu-nityānanda śrī-advaita gadādhara śrīvāsādi-gaura-bhakta-vṛnda and Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. Now, after these, the other two lines — namely haraye namaḥ, kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ/ gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana — should be added, especially in Māyāpur. Chanting of these six lines should go on so perfectly well that no one there hears any vibration other than the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. That will make the center spiritually all-perfect.
শুনিয়া যে ক্রুদ্ধ হৈল সকল যবন ।
কাজী–পাশে আসি’ সবে কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১২৪ ॥
śuniyā ye kruddha haila sakala yavana
kājī-pāśe āsi’ sabe kaila nivedana

Synonyms

śuniyāby hearing; yethat; kruddhaangry; hailabecame; sakalaall; yavanaMuslims; kājī-pāśein the court of the Kazi, or magistrate; āsi’coming; sabeall; kailamade; nivedanapetition.

Translation

Hearing the resounding vibration of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, the local Muslims, greatly angry, submitted a complaint to the Kazi.

Purport

The phaujadarā, or city magistrate, was called the kājī (Kazi). The jamidāras (zamindars), or landholders (maṇḍalerās), levied taxes on the land, but keeping law and order and punishing criminals was the duty entrusted to the Kazi. Both the Kazi and the landholders were under the control of the governor of Bengal, which at that time was known as Subā-bāṅgālā. The districts of Nadia, Islāmpura and Bāgoyāna were all under the zamindar named Hari Hoḍa or his descendant known as Hoḍa Kṛṣṇadāsa. It is said that Chand Kazi was the spiritual master of Nawab Hussain Shah. According to one opinion his name was Maulānā Sirājuddina, and according to another his name was Habibara Rahamāna. Descendants of Chand Kazi are still living in the vicinity of Māyāpur. People still go to see the tomb of Chand Kazi, which is underneath a campaka tree and is known as Chand Kazi’s samādhi.
ক্রোধে সন্ধ্যাকালে কাজী এক ঘরে আইল ।
মৃদঙ্গ ভাঙ্গিয়া লোকে কহিতে লাগিল ॥ ১২৫ ॥
krodhe sandhyā-kāle kājī eka ghare āila
mṛdaṅga bhāṅgiyā loke kahite lāgila

Synonyms

krodhein anger; sandhyā-kālein the evening; kājīthe Chand Kazi; eka gharein one home; āilacame; mṛdaṅgadrum; bhāṅgiyābreaking; lokeunto the people; kahiteto speak; lāgilabegan.

Translation

Chand Kazi angrily came to one home in the evening, and when he saw kīrtana going on, he broke a mṛdaṅga and spoke as follows.
এতকাল কেহ নাহি কৈল হিন্দুয়ানি ।
এবে যে উদ্যম চালাও, কার বল জানি’ ॥ ১২৬ ॥
eta-kāla keha nāhi kaila hinduyāni
ebe ye udyama cālāo kāra bala jāni’

Synonyms

eta-kālaso long; kehaanyone; nāhinot; kailaperformed; hinduyāniregulative principles of the Hindus; ebenow; yethat; udyamaendeavor; cālāoyou propagate; kārawhose; balastrength; jāni’I want to know.

Translation

“For so long you did not follow the regulative principles of the Hindu religion, but now you are following them with great enthusiasm. May I know by whose strength you are doing so?

Purport

It appears that from the aggression of Baktiyār Khiliji in Bengal until the time of Chand Kazi, Hindus, or the followers of the Vedic principles, were greatly suppressed. Like the Hindus in present-day Pakistan, practically no one could execute the Hindu religious principles freely. Chand Kazi referred to this condition of Hindu society. Formerly the Hindus had not been straightforward in executing their Hindu principles, but now they were freely chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Therefore it must have been by the strength of someone else that they were so daring.
Actually, that was the fact. Although the members of the so-called Hindu society had followed the social customs and formulas, they had practically forgotten to execute their religious principles strictly. But with the presence of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu they actually began following the regulative principles according to His order. That order is still existing, and anywhere and everywhere, in all parts of the world, one can execute it. That order is to become a spiritual master under the direction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu by following the regulative principles, chanting daily at least sixteen rounds of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, and preaching the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness all over the world. If we adhere to the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we shall get spiritual strength without a doubt, and we shall be free to preach this cult of the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement and not be hampered by anyone.
কেহ কীর্তন না করিহ সকল নগরে ।
আজি আমি ক্ষমা করি’ যাইতেছোঁ ঘরে ॥ ১২৭ ॥
keha kīrtana nā kariha sakala nagare
āji āmi kṣamā kari’ yāitechoṅ ghare

Synonyms

kehaanyone; kīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; do not; karihaperform; sakala nagarein the whole town; ājitoday; āmiI; kṣamā kari’excusing; yāitechoṅam returning; gharehome.

Translation

“No one should perform saṅkīrtana on the streets of the city. Today I am excusing the offense and returning home.

Purport

Such orders stopping saṅkīrtana in the streets of the world’s great cities have been imposed upon members of the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement. We have hundreds of centers all over the world, and we have been specifically persecuted in Australia. In most cities of the Western world we have been arrested many times by the police, but we are nevertheless executing the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu by chanting on the streets of all the important cities, such as New York, London, Chicago, Sydney, Melbourne, Paris and Hamburg. We must remember that such incidents took place in the past, five hundred years ago, and the fact that they are still going on indicates that our saṅkīrtana movement is really authorized, for if saṅkīrtana were an insignificant material affair, demons would not object to it. The demons of the time tried to obstruct the saṅkīrtana movement started by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Similar demons are trying to obstruct the saṅkīrtana movement we are executing all over the world, and this proves that our saṅkīrtana movement is still pure and genuine, following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
আর যদি কীর্তন করিতে লাগ পাইমু ।
সর্বস্ব দণ্ডিয়া তার জাতি যে লইমু ॥ ১২৮ ॥
āra yadi kīrtana karite lāga pāimu
sarvasva daṇḍiyā tāra jāti ye la-imu

Synonyms

āraagain; yadiif; kīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; kariteto do; lāgacontact; pāimuI shall take; sarva-svaall possessions; daṇḍiyāchastising; tārahis; jāticaste; yethat; la-imuI shall take.

Translation

“The next time I see someone performing such saṅkīrtana, I shall certainly chastise him by not only confiscating all his property but also converting him into a Muslim.”

Purport

To convert a Hindu into a Muslim was an easy affair in those days. If a Muslim simply sprinkled water on the body of a Hindu, it was supposed that the Hindu had already become a Muslim. During the transition of the British in Bangladesh during the last Hindu-Muslim riots, many Hindus were converted into Muslims by having cows’ flesh forcibly pushed into their mouths. Hindu society was so rigid at the time of Lord Caitanya that if a Hindu were converted into a Muslim, there was no chance of his being reformed. In this way the Muslim population in India increased. None of the Muslims came from outside; social customs somehow or other forced Hindus to become Muslims, with no chance of returning to Hindu society. Emperor Aurangzeb also inaugurated a tax that Hindus had to pay because of their being Hindus. Thus all the poor Hindus of the lower class voluntarily became Muslims to avoid the tax. In this way the Muslim population in India increased. Chand Kazi threatened to convert the people into Muslims by the simple process of sprinkling water on their bodies.
এত বলি’ কাজী গেল,—নগরিয়া লোক।
প্রভু–স্থানে নিবেদিল পাঞা বড় শোক ॥ ১২৯
eta bali’ kājī gela, — nagariyā loka
prabhu-sthāne nivedila pāñā baḍa śoka

Synonyms

eta bali’thus saying; kājīthe magistrate; gelareturned; nagariyā lokathe citizens in general; prabhu-sthānebefore the Lord; nivedilasubmitted; pāñāgetting; baḍavery much; śokashock.

Translation

After saying this, the Kazi returned home, and the devotees, greatly shocked that they were forbidden to chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, submitted their grief to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
প্রভু আজ্ঞা দিল—যাহ করহ কীর্তন ।
মুঞি সংহারিমু আজি সকল যবন ॥ ১৩০ ॥
prabhu ājñā dila — yāha karaha kīrtana
muñi saṁhārimu āji sakala yavana

Synonyms

prabhuthe Lord; ājñā dilaordered; yāhago; karahaand perform; kīrtanasaṅkīrtana, chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; muñiI; saṁhārimushall kill; ājitoday; sakalaall; yavanathe Muslims.

Translation

Lord Caitanya ordered, “Go perform saṅkīrtana! Today I shall kill all the Muslims!”

Purport

Gandhi is known for having started the movement of nonviolent civil disobedience in India, but about five hundred years before him, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started His movement of nonviolent civil disobedience to the order of Chand Kazi. It is not necessary to commit violence to stop the opposition from hindering a movement, for one can kill their demoniac behavior with reason and argument. Following in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, whenever there are obstacles the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement should kill the opposition with reason and argument and thus stop their demoniac behavior. If we became violent in every case, it would be difficult for us to manage our affairs. We should therefore follow in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who disobeyed the order of Chand Kazi but subdued him with reason and argument.
ঘরে গিয়া সব লোক করয়ে কীর্তন ।
কাজীর ভয়ে স্বচ্ছন্দ নহে, চমকিত মন ॥ ১৩১ ॥
ghare giyā saba loka karaye kīrtana
kājīra bhaye svacchanda nahe, camakita mana

Synonyms

ghare giyāreturning home; sabaall; lokacitizens; karayeperformed; kīrtanasaṅkīrtana; kājīraof the Kazi; bhayefrom fear; svacchandacarefree; nahenot; camakitaalways full of anxieties; manathe mind.

Translation

Returning home, all the citizens began performing saṅkīrtana, but because of the order of the Kazi, they were not carefree but always full of anxiety.
তা–সভার অন্তরে ভয় প্রভু মনে জানি ।
কহিতে লাগিলা লোকে শীঘ্র ডাকি’ আনি’ ॥ ১৩২ ॥
tā-sabhāra antare bhaya prabhu mane jāni
kahite lāgilā loke śīghra ḍāki’ āni’

Synonyms

-sabhāraof all of them; antarein the mind; bhayafear; prabhuthe Lord; manein the mind; jāniunderstanding; kahiteto speak; lāgilābegan; loketo the people; śīghravery soon; ḍāki’calling; āni’bringing them.

Translation

Understanding the anxiety within the people’s minds, the Lord called them together and spoke to them as follows.
নগরে নগরে আজি করিমু কীর্তন ।
সন্ধ্যাকালে কর সভে নগর–মণ্ডন ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
nagare nagare āji karimu kīrtana
sandhyā-kāle kara sabhe nagara-maṇḍana

Synonyms

nagarefrom town; nagareto town; ājitoday; karimuI shall perform; kīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; sandhyā-kālein the evening; karado; sabheall; nagaraof the city; maṇḍanadecoration.

Translation

“In the evening I shall perform saṅkīrtana in each and every town. Therefore you should all decorate the city in the evening.

Purport

At that time, Navadvīpa was composed of nine small cities, so the words nagare nagare are significant. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu wanted to perform kīrtana in each of these neighboring towns. He ordered the city decorated for the function.
সন্ধ্যাতে দেউটি সবে জ্বাল ঘরে ঘরে ।
দেখ, কোন কাজী আসি’ মোরে মানা করে ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
sandhyāte deuṭi sabe jvāla ghare ghare
dekha, kona kājī āsi’ more mānā kare

Synonyms

sandhyātein the evening; deuṭilamps; sabeeveryone; jvālalight up; ghare gharein each and every home; dekhajust wait and see; konawhich kind; kājīmagistrate; āsi’coming; moreunto Me; mānā kareorders Me to stop.

Translation

“In the evening, burn torchlights in every home. I shall give protection to everyone. Let us see what kind of Kazi comes to stop our kīrtana.”
এত কহি’ সন্ধ্যাকালে চলে গৌররায় ।
কীর্তনের কৈল প্রভু তিন সম্প্রদায় ॥১৩৫ ॥
eta kahi’ sandhyā-kale cāle gaurarāya
kīrtanera kaila prabhu tina sampradāya

Synonyms

eta kahi’saying this; sandhyā-kālein the evening; calewent out; gaura-rāyaGaurasundara; kīrtaneraof performing saṅkīrtana; kailamade; prabhuthe Lord; tinathree; sampradāyaparties.

Translation

In the evening Lord Gaurasundara went out and formed three parties to perform kīrtana.

Purport

This is a scheme for performing kīrtana in a procession. During Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s time, one party was composed of twenty-one men: four people playing mṛdaṅgas, one leading the chanting, and sixteen others striking karatālas, responding to the leading chanter. If many men join the saṅkīrtana movement, they may follow in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and form different parties according to the time and the number of men available.
আগে সম্প্রদায়ে নৃত্য করে হরিদাস ।
মধ্যে নাচে আচার্য–গোসাঞি পরম উল্লাস ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
āge sampradāye nṛtya kare haridāsa
madhye nāce ācārya-gosāñi parama ullāsa

Synonyms

āgein front; sampradāyein the party; nṛtyadancing; karedoes; haridāsaṬhākura Haridāsa; madhyein the middle; nācedances; ācārya-gosāñiŚrī Advaita Ācārya; paramavery; ullāsahappy.

Translation

In the front party danced Ṭhākura Haridāsa, and in the middle party danced Advaita Ācārya with great jubilation.
পাছে সম্প্রদায়ে নৃত্য করে গৌরচন্দ্র ।
তাঁর সঙ্গে নাচি’ বুলে প্রভু নিত্যানন্দ ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
pāche sampradāye nṛtya kare gauracandra
tāṅra saṅge nāci’ bule prabhu nityānanda

Synonyms

pācheat the rear; sampradāyein the party; nṛtyadancing; karedoes; gauracandraLord Gaurāṅga; tāṅraHis; saṅgealong with; nāci’dancing; bulemoves; prabhuLord; nityānandaNityānanda.

Translation

Lord Gaurasundara Himself danced in the rear party, and Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu moved with Lord Caitanya’s dancing.
বৃন্দাবনদাস ইহা ‘চৈতন্যমঙ্গলে’ ।
বিতারি’ বর্ণিয়াছেন, প্রভু–কৃপাবলে ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
vṛndāvana-dāsa ihā ‘caitanya-maṅgale’
vistāri’ varṇiyāchena, prabhu-kṛpā-bale

Synonyms

vṛndāvana-dāsaVṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura; ihāthis; caitanyamaṅgalein his book named Caitanya-maṅgala; vistāri’elaborately; varṇiyāchenahas described; prabhuof the Lord; kṛpā-baleby the strength of mercy.

Translation

By the grace of the Lord, Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has elaborately described this incident in his Caitanya-maṅgala [now Caitanya-bhāgavata].
এই মত কীর্তন করি’ নগরে ভ্রমিলা ।
ভ্রমিতে ভ্রমিতে সভে কাজীদ্বারে গেলা ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
ei mata kīrtana kari’ nagare bhramilā
bhramite bhramite sabhe kājī-dvāre gelā

Synonyms

ei matain this way; kīrtanacongregational chanting; kari’executing; nagarein the city; bhramilācircumambulated; bhramite bhramitewhile thus moving; sabheall of them; kājī-dvāreat the door of the Kazi; gelāreached.

Translation

Performing kīrtana in this way, circumambulating through every nook and corner of the city, they finally reached the door of the Kazi.
তর্জ–গর্জ করে লোক, করে কোলাহল ।
গৌরচন্দ্ৰ–বলে লোক প্রশ্রয়–পাগল ॥ ১৪০ ॥
tarja-garja kare loka, kare kolāhala
gauracandra-bale loka praśraya-pāgala

Synonyms

tarja-garjamurmuring in anger; karedo; lokathe people; karedo; kolāhalaroaring; gauracandraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; baleby the power; lokapeople; praśraya-pāgalabecame mad by such indulgence.

Translation

Murmuring in anger and making a roaring sound, the people, under the protection of Lord Caitanya, became mad through such indulgence.

Purport

The Kazi had issued an order not to perform kīrtana, congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord. But when this was brought up to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, He ordered civil disobedience to the Kazi’s order. Lord Caitanya and all His devotees, naturally enthusiastic although agitated, must have made a great noise with their loud cries.
কীর্তনের ধ্বনিতে কাজী লুকাইল ঘরে ।
তর্জন গর্জন শুনি’ না হয় বাহিরে ॥ ১৪১ ॥
kīrtanera dhvanite kājī lukāila ghare
tarjana garjana śuni’ nā haya bāhire

Synonyms

kīrtaneraof the saṅkīrtana movement; dhvaniteby the sound; kājīthe Chand Kazi; lukāilahid himself; gharein the room; tarjanamurmuring; garjanaprotesting; śuni’hearing; does not; hayacome out; bāhireoutside.

Translation

The loud sound of the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra certainly made the Kazi very much afraid, and he hid himself within his room. Hearing the people thus protesting, murmuring in great anger, the Kazi would not come out of his home.

Purport

The Kazi’s order not to perform saṅkīrtana could stand only as long as there was no civil disobedience. Under the leadership of the Supreme Lord, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the chanters, increasing in number, disobeyed the order of the Kazi. Thousands assembled together and formed parties, chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and making a tumultuous sound of protest. Thus the Kazi was very much afraid, as naturally one should be under such circumstances.
In the present day also, people all over the world may join together in the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and protest against the present degraded governments of the world’s godless societies, which are based on all kinds of sinful activities. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam states that in the Age of Kali, thieves, rogues and fourth-class people who have neither education nor culture capture the seats of governments to exploit the citizens. This is a symptom of Kali-yuga that has already appeared. People cannot feel secure about their lives and property, yet the so-called governments continue, and government ministers get fat salaries, although they are unable to do anything good for society. The only remedy for such conditions is to enhance the saṅkīrtana movement under the banner of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and protest against the sinful activities of all the world’s governments.
The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is not a sentimental religious movement; it is a movement for the reformation of all the anomalies of human society. If people take to it seriously, discharging this duty scientifically, as ordered by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the world will see peace and prosperity instead of being confused and hopeless under useless governments. There are always rogues and thieves in human society, and as soon as a weak government is unable to execute its duties, these rogues and thieves come out to do their business. Thus the entire society becomes a hell unfit for gentlemen to live in. There is an immediate need for a good government — a government by the people, with Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Unless the masses of people become Kṛṣṇa conscious, they cannot be good men. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra still has its potency. Therefore people should understand it seriously and scientifically and spread it all over the world.
The saṅkīrtana movement started by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is described in the Caitanya-bhāgavata, Madhya-khaṇḍa, twenty-third chapter, beginning with verse 241, which states, “My dear Lord, let my mind be fixed at Your lotus feet.” Following Lord Caitanya’s chanting, all the devotees reproduced the same sound He chanted. In this way the Lord proceeded, leading the entire party on the strand roads by the bank of the Ganges. When the Lord came to His own ghāṭa, or bathing place, He danced more and more. Then He proceeded to Mādhāi’s ghāṭa. In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Lord, who was known as Viśvambhara, danced all over the banks of the Ganges. Then He proceeded to Bārakoṇā-ghāṭa, then Nāgariyā-ghāṭa, and, traveling through Gaṅgānagara, reached Simuliyā, a quarter at one end of the town. All these places surround Śrī Māyāpur. After reaching Simuliyā, the Lord proceeded toward the Kazi’s house, and in this way He reached the door of Chand Kazi.
উদ্ধত লোক ভাঙ্গে কাজীর ঘর–পুষ্পবন ।
বিস্তারি’ বর্ণিলা ইহা দাস–বৃন্দাবন ॥ ১৪২ ॥
uddhata loka bhāṅge kājīra ghara-puṣpavana
vistāri’ varṇilā ihā dāsa-vṛndāvana

Synonyms

uddhataagitated; lokapersons; bhāṅgebreak; kājīraof the  Kazi; gharahouse; puṣpa-vanaflower garden; vistāri’elaborately; varṇilādescribed; ihāthis; dāsa-vṛndāvanaŚrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura.

Translation

Naturally some of the people who were very much agitated began to retaliate the Kazi’s actions by wrecking his house and flower garden. Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has elaborately described this incident.
তবে মহাপ্রভু তার দ্বারেতে বসিলা ।
ভব্যলোক পাঠাইয়া কাজীরে বোলাইলা ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu tāra dvārete vasilā
bhavya-loka pāṭhāiyā kājīre bolāilā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāra dvāreteat the Kazi’s door; vasilāsat down; bhavya-lokarespectable persons; pāṭhāiyāsending; kājīreunto the Kazi; bolāilāhad them call.

Translation

Thereafter, when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu reached the Kazi’s house, He sat down by the doorway and sent some respectable persons to call for the Kazi.
দূর হইতে আইলা কাজী মাথা নোয়াইয়া ।
কাজীরে বসাইলা প্রভু সম্মান করিয়া ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
dūra ha-ite āilā kājī māthā noyāiyā
kājīre vasāilā prabhu sammāna kariyā

Synonyms

dūra ha-itefrom a distant place; āilācame; kājīthe Kazi; māthāhead; noyāiyābowed down; kājīreunto the Kazi; vasāilāgave a seat; prabhuthe Lord; sammānarespect; kariyāoffering.

Translation

When the Kazi came, his head bowed down, the Lord gave him proper respect and a seat.

Purport

Some of the men in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s civil disobedience movement were agitated because they could not control their minds. But the Lord was thoroughly peaceful, sober and unagitated. Therefore when the Kazi came down to see Him, the Lord offered him proper respect and a seat because he was a respectable government officer. Thus the Lord taught us by His personal behavior. In pushing on our saṅkīrtana movement of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we might have to face difficult days, but we should always follow in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and do the needful according to the time and circumstances.
প্রভু বলেন,—আমি তোমার আইলাম অভ্যাগত ।
আমি দেখি’ লুকাইলা,—এ–ধর্ম কেমত ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
prabhu balena, — āmi tomāra āilāma abhyāgata
āmi dekhi’ lukāilā, — e-dharma kemata

Synonyms

prabhu balenathe Lord said; āmiI; tomārayour; āilāmahave come; abhyāgataguest; āmiMe; dekhi’seeing; lukāilāyou disappeared; e-dharma kematawhat kind of etiquette is this.

Translation

In a friendly way, the Lord said, “Sir, I have come to your house as your guest, but upon seeing Me you hid yourself in your room. What kind of etiquette is this?”
কাজী কহে—তুমি আইস ক্রুদ্ধ হইয়া ।
তোমা শান্ত করাইতে রহিনু লুকাইয়া ॥ ১৪৬ ৷৷
kājī kahe — tumi āisa kruddha ha-iyā
tomā śānta karāite rahinu lukāiyā

Synonyms

kājī kahethe Kazi replied; tumiYou; āisahave come; kruddhaangry; ha-iyābeing; tomāYou; śāntapacified; karāiteto make; rahinuI remained; lukāiyāhiding out of sight.

Translation

The Kazi replied, “You have come to my house in a very angry mood. To pacify You, I did not come before You immediately but kept myself hidden.
এবে তুমি শান্ত হৈলে, আসি’ মিলিলাঙ্‌ ।
ভাগ্য মোর,—তোমা হেন অতিথি পাইলাঙ ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
ebe tumi śānta haile, āsi, mililāṅ
bhāgya mora, — tomā hena atithi pāilāṅ

Synonyms

ebenow; tumiYou; śāntapacified; hailehave become; āsi’coming; mililāṅI have met (You); bhāgya morait is my great fortune; tomaYou; henalike; atithiguest; pāilāṅI have received.

Translation

“Now that You have become pacified, I have come to You. It is my good fortune to receive a guest like Your Honor.
গ্রাম সম্বন্ধে ‘চক্রবর্তী হয় মোর চাচা ।
দেহ–সম্বন্ধে হৈতে হয় গ্রাম–সম্বন্ধ সাঁচা ॥১৪৮ ॥
grāma-sambandhe ‘cakravartī’ haya mora cācā
deha-sambandhe haite haya grāma-sambandha sāṅcā

Synonyms

grāma-sambandhein our neighborhood relationship; cakravartīYour grandfather Nīlāmbara Cakravartī; hayabecomes; moramy; cācāuncle; deha-sambandhein a bodily relationship; haitethan; hayabecomes; grāma-sambandhaneighborhood relationship; sāṅcāmore powerful.

Translation

“In our village relationship, Nīlāmbara Cakravartī Ṭhākura was my uncle. Such a relationship is stronger than a bodily relationship.

Purport

In India, even in the interior villages, all the Hindu and Muslim communities used to live very peacefully by establishing a relationship between them. The young men called the elderly members of the village by the name cācā or kākā, “uncle,” and men of the same age called each other dādā, “brother.” The relationship was very friendly. There were even invitations from Muslim houses to Hindu houses and from Hindu houses to Muslim houses. Both the Hindus and the Muslims accepted the invitations to go to one another’s houses to attend ceremonial functions. Even until fifty or sixty years ago, the relationship between Hindus and Muslims was very friendly, and there were no disturbances. We do not find any Hindu-Muslim riots in the history of India, even during the days of the Muslims’ rule over the country. Conflict between Hindus and Muslims was created by polluted politicians, especially foreign rulers, and thus the situation gradually became so degraded that India was divided into Hindustan and Pakistan. Fortunately, the remedy to unite not only the Hindus and Muslims but all communities and all nations can still be implemented by the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement on the strong basic platform of love of Godhead.
নীলাম্বর চক্রবর্তী হয় তোমার নানা ।
সে সম্বন্ধে হও তুমি আমার ভাগিনা ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
nīlāmbara cakravartī haya tomāra nānā
se-sambandhe hao tumi āmāra bhāginā

Synonyms

nīlāmbara cakravartīNīlāmbara Cakravartī; hayabecomes; tomāraYour; nānāmaternal grandfather; se-sambandheby such a relationship; haobecome; tumiYou; āmāramy; bhāginānephew (the son of my sister).

Translation

“Nīlāmbara Cakravartī is Your maternal grandfather, and by this relationship You are thus my nephew.
ভাগিনার ক্রোধ মামা অবশ্য সহয় ।
মাতুলের অপরাধ ভাগিনা না লয় ॥ ১৫০ ॥
bhāgināra krodha māmā avaśya sahaya
mātulera aparādha bhāginā nā laya

Synonyms

bhāgināraof the nephew; krodhaanger; māmāmaternal uncle; avaśyacertainly; sahayatolerates; mātuleraof the maternal uncle; aparādhaoffense; bhāgināthe nephew; does not; layaaccept.

Translation

“When a nephew is very angry, his maternal uncle is tolerant, and when the maternal uncle commits an offense, the nephew does not take it very seriously.”
এই মত দুঁহার কথা হয় ঠারে–ঠোরে ।
ভিতরের অর্থ কেহ বুঝিতে না পারে ॥ ১৫১ ॥
ei mata duṅhāra kathā haya ṭhāre-ṭhore
bhitarera artha keha bujhite nā pāre

Synonyms

ei matain this way; duṅhāraof both of them; kathāconversation; hayatook place; ṭhāre-ṭhorewith different indications; bhitarerainner; arthameaning; kehaanyone; bujhiteto understand; pāreis not able.

Translation

In this way the Kazi and the Lord talked with each other with various indications, but no outsider could understand the inner meaning of their conversation.
প্রভু কহে,—প্রশ্ন লাগি’ আইলাম তোমার স্থানে ।
কাজী কহে,—আজ্ঞা কর, যে তোমার মনে ॥ ১৫২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — praśna lāgi’ āilāma tomāra sthāne
kājī kahe, — ājñā kara, ye tomāra mane

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; praśna lāgi’just to inquire from you; āilāmaI have come; tomāra sthāneat your place; kājī kahethe Kazi replied; ājñā karajust order me; yewhatever; tomāra mane(is) in Your mind.

Translation

The Lord said, “My dear uncle, I have come to your home just to ask you some questions.”

Purport

“Yes,” the Kazi replied, “You are welcome. Just tell me what is in Your mind.”
প্রভু কহে,—গোদুগ্ধ খাও, গাভী তোমার মাতা ।
বৃষ অন্ন উপজায়, তাতে তেঁহো পিতা ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
prabhu kahe, — go-dugdha khāo, gābhī tomāra mātā
vṛṣa anna upajāya, tāte teṅho pitā

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; go-dugdha khāoyou drink cows’ milk; gābhīthe cow (is); tomārayour; mātāmother; vṛṣathe bull; annagrains; upajayaproduces; tātetherefore; teṅhohe; pitā(is) your father.

Translation

The Lord said, “You drink cows’ milk; therefore the cow is your mother. And the bull produces grains for your maintenance; therefore he is your father.
পিতা–মাতা মারি’ খাও—এবা কোন্ ধর্ম ।
কোন্ বলে কর তুমি এমত বিকর্ম ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
pitā-mātā māri’ khāo — ebā kon dharma
kon bale kara tumi e-mata vikarma

Synonyms

pitā-mātāfather and mother; māri’killing; khāoyou eat; ebāthis; konwhat kind of; dharmareligion; kon baleon what strength; karado; tumiyou; e-matasuch; vikarmasinful activities.

Translation

“Since the bull and cow are your father and mother, how can you kill and eat them? What kind of religious principle is this? On what strength are you so daring that you commit such sinful activities?”

Purport

Everyone can understand that we drink the milk of cows and take the help of bulls in producing agricultural products. Therefore, since our real father gives us food grains and our mother gives us milk with which to live, the cow and bull are considered our father and mother. According to Vedic civilization, there are seven mothers, of which the cow is one. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu challenged the Muslim Kazi, “What kind of religious principle do you follow by killing your father and mother to eat them?” In any civilized human society, no one would dare kill his father and mother for the purpose of eating them. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu challenged the system of Muslim religion as patricide and matricide. In the Christian religion also, a principal commandment is “Thou shalt not kill.” Nevertheless, Christians violate this rule; they are very expert in killing and in opening slaughterhouses. In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, our first provision is that no one should be allowed to eat any kind of flesh. It does not matter whether it is cows’ flesh or goats’ flesh, but we especially stress the prohibition against cows’ flesh because according to śāstra the cow is our mother. Thus the Muslims’ cow-killing was challenged by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
কাজী কহে,—তোমার যৈছে বেদ–পুরাণ ।
তৈছে আমার শাস্ত্র—কেতাব ‘কোরাণ’ ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
kājī kahe, — tomāra yaiche veda-purāṇa
taiche āmāra śāstra — ketāva ‘korāṇa’

Synonyms

kājī kahethe Kazi replied; tomāraYour; yaicheas much as; veda-purāṇathe Vedas and Purāṇas; taichesimilarly; āmāraour; śāstrascripture; ketāvathe holy book; korāṇathe Koran.

Translation

The Kazi replied, “As You have Your scriptures called the Vedas and Purāṇas, we have our scripture, known as the holy Koran.

Purport

Chand Kazi agreed to talk with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu on the strength of the scriptures. According to the Vedic scripture, if one can support his position by quoting from the Vedas, his argument is perfect. Similarly, when the Muslims support their position with quotations from the Koran, their arguments are also authorized. When Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu raised the question of the Muslims’ cow-killing and bull-killing, Chand Kazi came to the standard of understanding from his scriptures.
সেই শাস্ত্রে কহে,—প্রবৃত্তি–নিবৃত্তি–মার্গ–ভেদ ।
নিবৃত্তি–মার্গে জীবমাত্ৰ–বধের নিষেধ ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
sei śāstre kahe, — pravṛtti-nivṛtti-mārga-bheda
nivṛtti-mārge jīva-mātra-vadhera niṣedha

Synonyms

sei śāstrein the scripture (the Koran); kaheit is ordered; pravṛttiof attachment; nivṛttiof detachment; mārgaways; bhedadifference; nivṛttiof detachment; mārgeon the path; jīva-mātraof any living entity; vadheraof killing; niṣedhaprohibition.

Translation

“According to the Koran, there are two ways of advancement — through increasing the propensity to enjoy, and through decreasing the propensity to enjoy. On the path of decreasing attachment [nivṛtti-mārga], the killing of animals is prohibited.
প্রবৃত্তি–মার্গে গোবধ করিতে বিধি হয় ।
শাস্ত্ৰ–আজ্ঞায় বধ কৈলে নাহি পাপ–ভয় ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
pravṛtti-mārge go-vadha karite vidhi haya
śāstra-ājñāya vadha kaile nāhi pāpa-bhaya

Synonyms

pravṛtti-mārgeon the path of attachment; go-vadhathe killing of cows; kariteto execute; vidhiregulative principles; hayathere are; śāstra-ājñāyaon the order of the scripture; vadhakilling; kaileif one commits; nāhithere is no; pāpa-bhayafear of sinful activities.

Translation

“On the path of material activities, there is regulation for killing cows. If such killing is done under the guidance of scripture, there is no sin.”

Purport

The word śāstra is derived from the dhātu, or verbal root, śas. Śas-dhātu pertains to controlling or ruling. A government’s ruling through force or weapons is called śastra. Thus whenever there is ruling, either by weapons or by injunctions, the śas-dhātu is the basic principle. Between śastra (ruling through weapons) and śāstra (ruling through the injunctions of the scriptures), the better is śāstra. Our Vedic scriptures are not ordinary lawbooks of human common sense; they are the statements of factually liberated persons unaffected by the imperfectness of the senses.
Śāstra must be correct always, not sometimes correct and sometimes incorrect. In the Vedic scriptures, the cow is described as a mother. Therefore she is a mother for all time; it is not, as some rascals say, that in the Vedic age she was a mother but she is not in this age. If śāstra is an authority, the cow is a mother always; she was a mother in the Vedic age, and she is a mother in this age also.
If one acts according to the injunctions of śāstra, he is freed from the reactions of sinful activity. For example, the propensities for eating flesh, drinking wine and enjoying sex are all natural to the conditioned soul. The path of such enjoyment is called pravṛtti-marga. The śāstra says, pravṛttir eṣā bhūtānāṁ nivṛttis tu mahā-phalā: one should not be carried away by the propensities of defective conditioned life; one should be guided by the principles of the śāstras. A child’s propensity is to play all day long, but it is the injunction of the śāstras that the parents should take care to educate him. The śāstras are there just to guide the activities of human society. But because people do not refer to the instructions of śāstras, which are free from defects and imperfections, they are therefore misguided by so-called educated teachers and leaders who are full of the deficiencies of conditioned life.
তোমার বেদেতে আছে গোবধের বাণী ।
অতএব গোবধ করে বড় বড় মুনি ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
tomāra vedete āche go-vadhera vāṇī
ataeva go-vadha kare baḍa baḍa muni

Synonyms

tomāra vedetein Your Vedic literatures; āchethere is; go-vadherafor cow-killing; vāṇīinjunction; ataevatherefore; go-vadhacow-killing; karedoes; baḍa baḍavery, very great; munisages.

Translation

As a learned scholar, the Kazi challenged Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “In Your Vedic scriptures there is an injunction for killing a cow. On the strength of this injunction, great sages performed sacrifices involving cow-killing.”
প্রভু কহে,—বেদে কহে গোবধ নিষেধ ।
অতএব হিন্দুমাত্র না করে গোবধ ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
prabhu kahe, — vede kahe go-vadha niṣedha
ataeva hindu-mātra nā kare go-vadha

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; vedein the Vedas; kaheis enjoined; go-vadhacow-killing; niṣedhaprohibition; ataevatherefore; hinduHindu; mātraany; does not; kareexecute; go-vadhacow-killing.

Translation

Refuting the Kazi’s statement, the Lord immediately replied, “The Vedas clearly enjoin that cows should not be killed. Therefore every Hindu, whoever he may be, avoids indulging in cow-killing.

Purport

In the Vedic scriptures there are concessions for meat-eaters. It is said that if one wants to eat meat, he should kill a goat before the goddess Kālī and then eat its meat. Meat-eaters are not allowed to purchase meat or flesh from a market or slaughterhouse. There are no sanctions for maintaining regular slaughterhouses to satisfy the tongues of meat-eaters. As far as cow-killing is concerned, it is completely forbidden. Since the cow is considered a mother, how could the Vedas allow cow-killing? Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pointed out that the Kazi’s statement was faulty. In the Bhagavad-gītā (18.44) there is a clear injunction that cows should be protected: kṛṣi-gorakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam. “The duty of vaiśyas is to produce agricultural products, trade and give protection to cows.” Therefore it is a false statement that the Vedic scriptures contain injunctions permitting cow-killing.
জিয়াইতে পারে যদি, তবে মারে প্রাণী ।
বেদ–পুরাণে আছে হেন আজ্ঞা–বাণী ॥ ১৬০ ॥
jiyāite pāre yadi, tabe māre prāṇī
veda-purāṇe āche hena ājñā-vāṇī

Synonyms

jiyāiteto rejuvenate; pāreone is able; yadiif; tabethen; mārecan kill; prāṇīliving being; veda-purāṇein the Vedas and Purāṇas; āchethere are; henasuch; ājñā-vāṇīorders and injunctions.

Translation

“In the Vedas and Purāṇas there are injunctions declaring that if one can revive a living being, one can kill it for experimental purposes.
অতএব জরদ্‌গব মারে মুনিগণ ।
বেদমন্ত্রে সিদ্ধ করে তাহার জীবন ॥ ১৬১ ॥
ataeva jarad-gava māre muni-gaṇa
veda-mantre siddha kare tāhāra jīvana

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; jarad-gavaold cows; mārekilled; muni-gaṇasages; veda-mantreby the power of Vedic hymns; siddharejuvenated; karemakes; tāhārahis; jīvanalife.

Translation

“Therefore the great sages sometimes killed old cows, and by chanting Vedic hymns they brought them back to life for perfection.
জরদ্‌গব হঞা যুবা হয় আরবার ।
তাতে তার বধ নহে, হয় উপকার ॥১৬২ ॥
jarad-gava hañā yuvā haya āra-vāra
tāte tāra vadha nahe, haya upakāra

Synonyms

jarad-gavaold, invalid cows; hañābecoming; yuvāyoung; hayabecome; āra-vāraagain; tātein that action; tārahis; vadhakilling; naheis not; hayathere is; upakārabenefit.

Translation

“The killing and rejuvenation of such old and invalid cows was not truly killing but an act of great benefit.
কলিকালে তৈছে শক্তি নাহিক ব্রাহ্মণে ।
অতএব গোবধ কেহ না করে এখনে ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
kali-kāle taiche śakti nāhika brāhmaṇe
ataeva go-vadha keha nā kare ekhane

Synonyms

kali-kālein the Age of Kali; taichesuch; śaktipower; nāhikathere is none; brāhmaṇein the brāhmaṇas; ataevatherefore; go-vadhakilling of cows; kehaanyone; does not; kareexecute; ekhaneat the present.

Translation

“Formerly there were powerful brāhmaṇas who could make such experiments using Vedic hymns, but now, because of the Kali-yuga, brāhmaṇas are not so powerful. Therefore the killing of cows and bulls for rejuvenation is forbidden.
অশ্বমেধং গবালম্ভং সন্ন্যাসং পলপৈতৃকম্ ।
দেবরেণ সুতোৎপত্তিং কলৌ পঞ্চ বিবর্জয়েৎ ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
aśvamedhaṁ gavālambhaṁ
sannyāsaṁ pala-paitṛkam
devareṇa sutotpattiṁ
kalau pañca vivarjayet

Synonyms

aśva-medhama sacrifice offering a horse; gava-ālambhama sacrifice of cows; sannyāsamthe renounced order of life; pala-paitṛkaman offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers; devareṇaby a husband’s brother; suta-utpattimbegetting children; kalauin the Age of Kali; pañcafive; vivarjayetone must give up.

Translation

“ ‘In this Age of Kali, five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in sacrifice, the offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of sannyāsa, the offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a man’s begetting children in his brother’s wife.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa (Kṛṣṇa-janma-khaṇḍa 185.180).
তোমরা জীয়াইতে নার—বধমাত্র সার ।
নরক হইতে তোমার নাহিক নিস্তার ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
tomarā jīyāite nāra, — vadha-mātra sāra
naraka ha-ite tomāra nāhika nistāra

Synonyms

tomarāyou Muslims; jīyāitebring to life; nāracannot; vadha-mātrakilling only; sārathe essence; naraka ha-itefrom hell; tomārayour; nāhikathere is not; nistāradeliverance.

Translation

“Since you Muslims cannot bring killed cows back to life, you are responsible for killing them. Therefore you are going to hell; there is no way for your deliverance.
গো–অঙ্গে যত লোম, তত সহস্র বৎসর ।
গোবধী রৌরব–মধ্যে পচে নিরন্তর ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
go-aṅge yata loma, tata sahasra vatsara
go-vadhī raurava-madhye pace nirantara

Synonyms

go-aṅgeon the body of the cow; yataas many; lomahairs; tataso many; sahasraa thousand; vatsarayears; go-vadhīthe killer of a cow; raurava-madhyein a hellish condition of life; pacedecomposes; nirantaraalways.

Translation

“Cow-killers are condemned to rot in hellish life for as many thousands of years as there are hairs on the body of the cow.
তোমা–সবার শাস্ত্রকর্তা—সেহ ভ্ৰান্ত হৈল ।
না জানি’ শাস্ত্রের মর্ম ঐছে আজ্ঞা দিল ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
tomā-sabāra śāstra-kartā — seha bhrānta haila
nā jāni’ śāstrera marma aiche ājñā dila

Synonyms

tomā-sabāraof all of you; śāstra-kartācompilers of scripture; sehathey also; bhrāntamistaken; hailabecame; jāni’without knowing; śāstrera marmathe essence of scriptures; aichesuch; ājñāorder; dilagave.

Translation

“There are many mistakes and illusions in your scriptures. Their compilers, not knowing the essence of knowledge, gave orders that were against reason and argument.”
শুনি’ স্তব্ধ হৈল কাজী, নাহি স্ফুরে বাণী ।
বিচারিয়া কহে কাজী পরাভব মানি’ ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
śuni’ stabdha haila kājī, nāhi sphure vāṇī
vicāriyā kahe kājī parābhava māni’

Synonyms

śuni’by hearing; stabdhastunned; hailabecame; kājīthe Kazi; nāhidoes not; sphureutter; vāṇīwords; vicāriyāafter due consideration; kahesaid; kājīthe Kazi; parābhavadefeat; māni’accepting.

Translation

After hearing these statements by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Kazi, his arguments stunned, could not put forward any more words. Thus, after due consideration, the Kazi accepted defeat and spoke as follows.

Purport

In our practical preaching work we meet many Christians who talk about statements of the Bible. When we question whether God is limited or unlimited, Christian priests say that God is unlimited. But when we question why the unlimited God should have only one son and not unlimited sons, they are unable to answer. Similarly, from a scientific point of view, the answers of the Old Testament, New Testament and Koran to many questions have changed. But a śāstra cannot change at a person’s whim. All śāstras must be free from the four defects of human nature. The statements of śāstras must be correct for all time.
তুমি যে কহিলে, পণ্ডিত, সেই সত্য হয় ।
আধুনিক আমার শাস্ত্র, বিচার–সহ নয় ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
tumi ye kahile, paṇḍita, sei satya haya
ādhunika āmāra śāstra, vicāra-saha naya

Synonyms

tumiYou; yewhatever; kahilehave said; paṇḍitaO Nimāi Paṇḍita; seithat; satyatruth; hayais certainly; ādhunikaof modern days; āmāraour; śāstrascripture; vicāralogic; sahawith; nayathey are not.

Translation

“My dear Nimāi Paṇḍita, what You have said is all true. Our scriptures have developed only recently, and they are certainly not logical and philosophical.

Purport

The śāstras of the yavanas, or meat-eaters, are not eternal scriptures. They have been fashioned recently, and sometimes they contradict one another. The scriptures of the yavanas are three: the Old Testament, the New Testament and the Koran. Their compilation has a history; they are not eternal like the Vedic knowledge. Therefore although they have their arguments and reasonings, they are not very sound and transcendental. As such, modern people advanced in science and philosophy deem these scriptures unacceptable.
Sometimes Christian priests come to us inquiring, “Why are our followers neglecting our scriptures and accepting yours?” But when we ask them, “Your Bible says, ‘Do not kill.’ Why then are you killing so many animals daily?” they cannot answer. Some of them imperfectly answer that the animals have no souls. But then we ask them, “How do you know that animals have no souls? Animals and children are of the same nature. Does this mean that the children of human society also have no souls?” According to the Vedic scriptures, within the body is the owner of the body, the soul. In the Bhagavad-gītā (2.13) it is said:
dehino ’smin yathā dehekaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā
tathā dehāntara-prāptir
dhīras tatra na muhyati
“As the embodied soul continuously passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. The self-realized soul is not bewildered by such a change.”
Because the soul is within the body, the body changes through so many forms. There is a soul within the body of every living creature, whether animal, tree, bird or human being, and the soul is transmigrating from one type of body to another. When the scriptures of the yavanas — namely the Old Testament, New Testament and Koran — cannot properly answer inquisitive followers, naturally those advanced in scientific knowledge and philosophy lose faith in such scriptures. The Kazi admitted this while talking with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The Kazi was a very intelligent person. He had full knowledge of his position, as stated in the following verse.
কল্পিত আমার শাস্ত্র,—আমি সব জানি ।
জাতি–অনুরোধে তবু সেই শাস্ত্র মানি ॥ ১৭০ ॥
kalpita āmāra śāstra, — āmi saba jāni
jāti-anurodhe tabu sei śāstra māni

Synonyms

kalpitaimagined; āmāraour; śāstrascripture; āmiI; sabaeverything; jāniknow; jātiby community; anurodhebeing obliged; tabustill; seithat; śāstrascripture; māniI accept.

Translation

“I know that our scriptures are full of imagination and mistaken ideas, yet because I am a Muslim I accept them for the sake of my community, despite their insufficient support.
সহজে যবন–শাস্ত্রে অদৃঢ় বিচার ।
হাসি’ তাহে মহাপ্রভু পুছেন আর বার ॥১৭১ ॥
sahaje yavana-śāstre adṛḍha vicāra
hāsi’ tāhe mahāprabhu puchena āra-vāra

Synonyms

sahajenaturally; yavana-śāstrein the scriptures of the meat-eaters; adṛḍhaunsound; vicārajudgment; hāsi’smiling; tāhefrom him; mahāprabhuCaitanya Mahāprabhu; puchenainquired; āra-vāraagain.

Translation

“The reasoning and arguments in the scriptures of the meat-eaters are not very sound,” the Kazi concluded. Upon hearing this statement, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu smiled and inquired from him as follows.
আর এক প্রশ্ন করি, শুন, তুমি মামা ।
যথার্থ কহিবে, ছলে না বঞ্চিবে আমা’ ॥ ১৭২ ॥
āra eka praśna kari, śuna, tumi māmā
yathārtha kahibe, chale nā vañchibe āmā’

Synonyms

āra ekaone more; praśnainquiry; kariam putting; śunahear; tumiyou; māmāmaternal uncle; yathā-arthaas it is true; kahibeyou should speak; chaleby tricks; na vañchibeyou should not cheat; āmā’Me.

Translation

“My dear maternal uncle, I wish to ask you another question. Please tell Me the truth. Do not try to cheat Me with tricks.
তোমার নগরে হয় সদা সংকীর্তন ।
বাদ্যগীত–কোলাহল, সঙ্গীত, নর্তন ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
tomāra nagare haya sadā saṅkīrtana
vādya-gīta-kolāhala, saṅgīta, nartana

Synonyms

tomāra nagarein your city; hayathere is; sadāalways; saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of the Lord; vādyamusical sounds; gītasong; kolāhalatumultuous roaring; saṅgītasinging; nartanadancing.

Translation

“In your city there is always congregational chanting of the holy name. A tumultuous uproar of music, singing and dancing is always going on.
তুমি কাজী,—হিন্দু–ধর্ম–বিরোধে অধিকারী ।
এবে যে না কর মানা বুঝিতে না পারি ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
tumi kājī — hindu-dharma-virodhe adhikārī
ebe ye nā kara mānā bujhite nā pāri

Synonyms

tumiyou; kājīthe magistrate; hindu-dharmathe religious principles of the Hindus; virodhein opposing; adhikārīhave the right; ebenow; yethat; kara mānāyou do not forbid; bujhiteto understand; pāriI am not able.

Translation

“As a Muslim magistrate, you have the right to oppose the performance of Hindu ceremonies, but now you do not forbid them. I cannot understand the reason why.”
কাজী বলে,—সভে তোমায় বলে ‘গৌরহরি’ ।
সেই নামে আমি তোমায় সম্বোধন করি ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
kājī bale — sabhe tomāya bale ‘gaurahari’
sei nāme āmi tomāya sambodhana kari

Synonyms

kājī balethe Kazi said; sabheall; tomāyaYou; baleaddress; gaurahariby the name Gaurahari; sei nāmeby that name; āmiI; tomāyaYou; sambodhanaaddress; karido.

Translation

The Kazi said, “Everyone calls You Gaurahari. Please let me address You by that name.
শুন, গৌরহরি, এই প্রশ্নের কারণ ।
নিভৃত হও যদি, তবে করি নিবেদন ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
śuna, gaurahari, ei praśnera kāraṇa
nibhṛta hao yadi, tabe kari nivedana

Synonyms

śunakindly hear; gaurahariO Gaurahari; ei praśneraof this question; kāraṇareason; nibhṛtasolitary; haoYou become; yadiif; tabethen; kariI shall make; nivedanasubmission.

Translation

“Kindly listen, O Gaurahari! If You come to a private place, I shall then explain the reason.”
প্রভু বলে,—এ লোক আমার অন্তরঙ্গ হয় ।
স্ফুট করি’ কহ তুমি, না করিহ ভয় ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
prabhu bale, — e loka āmāra antaraṅga haya
sphuṭa kari’ kaha tumi, nā kariha bhaya

Synonyms

prabhu balethe Lord said; e lokaall these men; āmāraMy; antaraṅgaconfidential associates; hayaare; sphuṭa kari’making it clear; kahaspeak; tumiyou; do not; kariha bhayabe afraid.

Translation

The Lord replied, “All these men are My confidential associates. You may speak frankly. There is no reason to be afraid of them.”
কাজী কহে,—যবে আমি হিন্দুর ঘরে গিয়া ।
কীর্তন করিলুঁ মানা মৃদঙ্গ ভাঙ্গিয়া ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
সেই রাত্রে এক সিংহ মহাভয়ঙ্কর ।
নরদেহ, সিংহমুখ, গর্জয়ে বিস্তর ॥ ১৭৯ ॥
kājī kahe, — yabe āmi hindura ghare giyā
kīrtana kariluṅ mānā mṛdaṅga bhāṅgiyā
sei rātre eka siṁha mahā-bhayaṅkara
nara-deha, siṁha-mukha, garjaye vistara

Synonyms

kājī kahethe Kazi replied; yabewhen; āmiI; hinduraof a Hindu; gharein the house; giyāgoing there; kīrtanachanting of the holy name; kariluṅmade; mānāprohibition; mṛdaṅgathe drum; bhāṅgiyābreaking; sei rātreon that night; ekaone; siṁhalion; mahā-bhayaṅ-karavery fearful; nara-dehahaving a body like a human being’s; siṁha-mukhahaving a face like a lion’s; garjayewas roaring; vistaravery loudly.

Translation

The Kazi said, “When I went to the Hindu’s house, broke the drum and forbade the performance of congregational chanting, in my dreams that very night I saw a greatly fearful lion, roaring very loudly, His body like a human being’s and His face like a lion’s.
শয়নে আমার উপর লাফ দিয়া চড়ি'।
অট্ট অট্ট হাসে, করে দন্ত–কড়মড়ি ॥ ১৮০ ॥
śayane āmāra upara lāpha diyā caḍi’
aṭṭa aṭṭa hāse, kare danta-kaḍamaḍi

Synonyms

śayanein a sleeping condition; āmārame; uparaupon; lāpha diyājumping; caḍi’mounting; aṭṭa aṭṭarough and hard; hāselaughs; karedoes; dantateeth; kaḍamaḍignashing.

Translation

“While I was asleep, the lion jumped on my chest, laughing fiercely and gnashing His teeth.
মোর বুকে নখ দিয়া ঘোর–স্বরে বলে ।
ফাড়িমু তোমার বুক মৃদঙ্গ বদলে ॥ ১৮১ ॥
mora buke nakha diyā ghora-svare bale
phāḍimu tomāra buka mṛdaṅga badale

Synonyms

moramy; bukeon the chest; nakhanails; diyāplacing; ghoraroaring; svarein a voice; balesays; phāḍimuI shall bifurcate; tomārayour; bukachest; mṛdaṅgafor the drum; badalein exchange.

Translation

“Placing its nails on my chest, the lion said in a grave voice, ‘I shall immediately bifurcate your chest as you broke the mṛdaṅga drum!
মোর কীর্তন মানা করিস, করিমু তোর ক্ষয় ।
আঁখি মুদি’ কাঁপি আমি পাঞা বড় ভয় ॥ ১৮২ ॥
mora kīrtana mānā karis, karimu tora kṣaya
āṅkhi mudi’ kāṅpi āmi pāñā baḍa bhaya

Synonyms

moraMy; kīrtanacongregational chanting; mānā karisyou are forbidding; karimuI shall do; torayour; kṣayadestruction; āṅkhieyes; mudi’closing; kāṅpiI was trembling; āmiI; pāñāgetting; baḍavery great; bhayafear.

Translation

“ ‘You have forbidden the performance of My congregational chanting. Therefore I must destroy you!’ Being very much afraid of Him, I closed my eyes and trembled.
ভীত দেখি’ সিংহ বলে হইয়া সদয় ।
তোরে শিক্ষা দিতে কৈলু তোর পরাজয় ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
bhīta dekhi’ siṁha bale ha-iyā sadaya
tore śikṣā dite kailu tora parājaya

Synonyms

bhīta dekhi’seeing me so afraid; siṁhathe lion; balesays; ha-iyābecoming; sa-dayamerciful; toreunto you; śikṣālesson; diteto give; kailuI have done; torayour; parājayadefeat.

Translation

“Seeing me so afraid, the lion said, ‘I have defeated you just to teach you a lesson, but I must be merciful to you.
সে দিন বহুত নাহি কৈলি উৎপাত ।
তেঞি ক্ষমা করি’ না করিনু প্রাণাঘাত ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
se dina bahuta nāhi kaili utpāta
teñi kṣamā kari’ nā karinu prāṇāghāta

Synonyms

se dinaon that day; bahutavery much; nāhinot; kailiyou did; utpātadisturbance; teñitherefore; kṣamā kari’forgiving; karinuI did not execute; prāṇa-āghātathe taking of your life.

Translation

“ ‘On that day you did not create a very great disturbance. Therefore I have excused you and not taken your life.
ঐছে যদি পুনঃ কর, তবে না সহিমু ।
সবংশে তোমারে মারি যবন নাশিমু ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
aiche yadi punaḥ kara, tabe nā sahimu
savaṁśe tomāre māri yavana nāśimu

Synonyms

aichesimilarly; yadiif; punaḥagain; karayou do; tabethen; sahimuI shall not tolerate; sa-vaṁśealong with your family; tomāreyou; mārikilling; yavanathe meat-eaters; nāśimuI shall vanquish.

Translation

“ ‘But if you perform such activities again, I shall not be tolerant. At that time I shall kill you, your entire family and all the meat-eaters.’
এত কহি’ সিংহ গেল, আমার হৈল ভয় ।
এই দেখ, নখচিহ্ন আমার হৃদয় ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
eta kahi’ siṁha gela, āmāra haila bhaya
ei dekha, nakha-cihna amora hṛdaya

Synonyms

etathus; kahi’saying; siṁhathe lion; gelareturned; āmāramy; hailathere was; bhayafear; ei dekhajust see this; nakha-cihnathe nail marks; amora hṛdayaon my heart.

Translation

“After saying this, the lion left, but I was very much afraid of Him. Just see the marks of His nails on my heart!”
এত বলি’ কাজী নিজ–বুক দেখাইল ।
শুনি’ দেখি’ সর্বলোক আশ্চর্য মানিল ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
eta bali’ kājī nija-buka dekhāila
śuni’ dekhi’ sarva-loka āścarya mānila

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; kājīthe Kazi; nija-bukahis chest; dekhāilashowed; śuni’hearing; dekhi’seeing; sarva-lokaeveryone; āścaryawonderful incident; mānilaaccepted.

Translation

After this description, the Kazi showed his chest. Having heard him and seen the marks, all the people there accepted the wonderful incident.
কাজী কহে—ইহা আমি কারে না কহিল ।
সেই দিন আমার এক পিয়াদা আইল ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
kājī kahe, — ihā āmi kāre nā kahila
sei dina āmāra eka piyādā āila

Synonyms

kājī kahethe Kazi said; ihāthis; āmiI; kāreto others; kahiladid not tell; sei dinaon that day; āmāramy; ekaone; piyādāorderly; āilacame to see me.

Translation

The Kazi continued, “I did not speak to anyone about this incident, but on that very day one of my orderlies came to see me.
আসি’ কহে,—গেলুঁ মুঞি কীর্তন নিষেধিতে ।
অগ্নি উল্কা মোর মুখে লাগে আচম্বিতে ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
āsi’ kahe, — geluṅ muñi kīrtana niṣedhite
agni ulkā mora mukhe lāge ācambite

Synonyms

āsi’coming to me; kahehe said; geluṅwent; muñiI; kīrtanacongregational chanting; niṣedhiteto stop; agni ulkāflames of fire; moramy; mukhein the face; lāgecome in contact; ācambiteall of a sudden.

Translation

“After coming to me, the orderly said, ‘When I went to stop the congregational chanting, suddenly flames struck my face.
পুড়িল সকল দাড়ি, মুখে হৈল ব্রণ ।
যেই পেয়াদা যায়, তার এই বিবরণ ॥ ১৯০ ॥
puḍila sakala dāḍi, mukhe haila vraṇa
yei peyādā yāya, tāra ei vivaraṇa

Synonyms

puḍilaburned; sakalaall; dāḍibeard; mukheon the face; hailathere was; vraṇablisters; yeiany; peyādāorderly; yāyagoes; tārahis; eithis; vivaraṇadescription.

Translation

“ ‘My beard was burned, and there were blisters on my cheeks.’ Every orderly who went gave the same description.
তাহা দেখি’ রহিনু মুঞি মহাভয় পাঞা ।
কীর্তন না বর্জিহ, ঘরে রহোঁ ত’ বসিয়া ॥ ১৯১ ॥
tāhā dekhi’ rahinu muñi mahā-bhaya pāñā
kīrtana nā varjiha, ghare rahoṅ ta’ vasiyā

Synonyms

tāhā dekhi’seeing that; rahinuremained; muñiI; mahā-bhayagreat fear; pāñāgetting; kīrtanathe congregational chanting; not; varjihastop; ghareat home; rahoṅremain; ta’certainly; vasiyāsitting.

Translation

“After seeing this, I was very much afraid. I asked them not to stop the congregational chanting but to go sit down at home.
তবে ত’ নগরে হইবে স্বচ্ছন্দে কীর্তন ।
শুনি’ সব ম্লেচ্ছ আসি’ কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১৯২ ॥
tabe ta’ nagare ha-ibe svacchande kīrtana
śuni’ saba mleccha āsi’ kaila nivedana

Synonyms

tabe ta’thereafter; nagarein the city; ha-ibethere would be; svacchandewithout disturbance or anxiety; kīrtanacongregational chanting; śuni’,hearing this; sabaall; mlecchameat-eaters; āsi’coming; kailasubmitted; nivedanapetition.

Translation

“Then all the meat-eaters, hearing that there would be unrestricted congregational chanting in the city, came to submit a petition.
নগরে হিন্দুর ধর্ম বাড়িল অপার ।
‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ধ্বনি বই নাহি শুনি আর ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
nagare hindura dharma bāḍila apāra
‘hari’ ‘hari’ dhvani ba-i nāhi śuni āra

Synonyms

nagarein the city; hinduraof the Hindus; dharmareligion; bāḍilahas increased; apāraunlimitedly; hari hariof the Lord’s name, Hari, Hari; dhvanithe vibration; ba-iexcept; nāhido not; śuniwe hear; āraanything else.

Translation

“ ‘The religion of the Hindus has increased unlimitedly. There are always vibrations of “Hari! Hari!” We do not hear anything but this.’
আর ম্লেচ্ছ কহে,—হিন্দু ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ বলি’ ।
হাসে, কান্দে, নাচে, গায়, গড়ি যায় ধূলি ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
āra mleccha kahe, — hindu ‘kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa’ bali’
hāse, kānde, nāce, gāya, gaḍi yāya dhūli

Synonyms

āraanother; mlecchameat-eater; kahesaid; hinduHindus; kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali’saying “Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa”; hāselaugh; kāndecry; nācedance; gāyachant; gaḍi yāya dhūliroll in the dust.

Translation

“One meat-eater said, ‘The Hindus say, “Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa,” and they laugh, cry, dance, chant and fall on the ground, smearing their bodies with dirt.
‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ করি’ হিন্দু করে কোলাহল ।
পাতসাহ শুনিলে তোমার করিবেক ফল ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
‘hari’ ‘hari’ kari’ hindu kare kolāhala
pātasāha śunile tomāra karibeka phala

Synonyms

hari hari kari’saying “Hari, Hari”; hinduthe Hindus; karemake; kolāhalatumultuous sound; pātasāhathe king; śunileif hearing; tomārayour; karibekawill do; phalapunishment.

Translation

“ ‘Vibrating “Hari, Hari,” the Hindus make a tumultuous sound. If the king [pātasāha] hears it, certainly he will punish you.’

Purport

Pātasāha refers to the king. Nawab Hussain Shah, whose full name was Ālā Uddīn Saiyad Husen Sā, was at that time (A.D. 1498-1521) the independent King of Bengal. Formerly he was the servant of the cruel Nawab of the Hābsī dynasty named Mujaḥphara Khān, but somehow or other he assassinated his master and became the King. After gaining the throne of Bengal (technically called Masnada), he declared himself Saiyad Husen Ālā Uddīn Seriph Mukkā. There is a book called Riyāja Us-salātina, whose author, Golām Husen, says that Nawab Hussain Shah belonged to the family of Mukkā Seriph. To keep his family’s glory, he took the name Seriph Mukkā. Generally, however, he is known as Nawab Hussain Shah. After his death, his eldest son, Nasaratsā, became King of Bengal (A.D. 1521-1533). This King also was very cruel. He committed many atrocities against the Vaiṣṇavas. As a result of his sinful activities, one of his servants from the Khojā group killed him while he was praying in the mosque.
তবে সেই যবনেরে আমি ত’ পুছিল ।
হিন্দু ‘হরি’ বলে, তার স্বভাব জানিল ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
tabe sei yavanere āmi ta’ puchila
hindu ‘hari’ bale, tāra svabhāva jānila

Synonyms

tabethen; seithat; yavanerefrom the meat-eaters; āmiI; ta’certainly; puchilainquired; hinduthe Hindu; hari balesays Hari; tarahis; svabhāvanature; jānilaI know.

Translation

“I then inquired from these yavanas, ‘I know that these Hindus by nature chant “Hari, Hari.”
তুমিত যবন হঞা কেনে অনুক্ষণ ।
হিন্দুর দেবতার নাম লহ কি কারণ ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
tumita yavana hañā kene anukṣaṇa
hindura devatāra nāma laha ki kāraṇa

Synonyms

tumitabut you; yavanameat-eaters; hañābeing; kenewhy; anukṣaṇaalways; hinduraof the Hindus; devatāraof the God; nāmathe name; lahayou take; kiwhat; kāraṇathe reason.

Translation

“ ‘The Hindus chant the name Hari because that is the name of their God. But you are Muslim meat-eaters. Why do you chant the name of the Hindus’ God?’
ম্লেচ্ছ কহে,—হিন্দুরে আমি করি পরিহাস ।
কেহ কেহ—কৃষ্ণদাস, কেহ—রামদাস ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
mleccha kahe, — hindure āmi kari parihāsa
keha keha — kṛṣṇadāsa, keha — rāmadāsa

Synonyms

mlecchathe meat-eater; kahesays; hindureunto a Hindu; āmiI; karido; parihāsajoking; keha kehasome of them; kṛṣṇadāsaKṛṣṇadāsa; kehasome of them; rāmadāsaRāmadāsa.

Translation

“The meat-eater replied, ‘Sometimes I joke with the Hindus. Some of them are called Kṛṣṇadāsa, and some are called Rāmadāsa.
কেহ—হরিদাস, সদা বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ।
জানি কার ঘরে ধন করিবেক চুরি ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
keha — haridāsa, sadā bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’
jāni kāra ghare dhana karibeka curi

Synonyms

kehasome of them; haridāsaHaridāsa; sadāalways; balesays; hari harithe name of the Lord, “Hari, Hari”; jāniI understand; kārasomeone’s; ghareat home; dhanawealth; karibekawill do; curitheft.

Translation

“ ‘Some of them are called Haridāsa. They always chant “Hari, Hari,” and thus I thought they would steal the riches from someone’s house.

Purport

Another meaning of “Hari, Hari” is “I am stealing. I am stealing.”
সেই হৈতে জিহ্বা মোর বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ।
ইচ্ছা নাহি, তবু বলে,—কি উপায় করি ॥ ২০০ ॥
sei haite jihvā mora bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’
icchā nāhi, tabu bale, — ki upāya kari

Synonyms

sei haitefrom that time; jihvātongue; moramy; balesays; hari harithe vibration “Hari, Hari”; icchādesire; nāhithere is none; tabustill; balesays; kiwhat; upāyameans; kariI may do.

Translation

“ ‘Since that time, my tongue also always vibrates the sound “Hari, Hari.” I have no desire to say it, but still my tongue says it. I do not know what to do.’

Purport

Sometimes demoniac nonbelievers, not understanding the potency of the holy name, make fun of the Vaiṣṇavas when the Vaiṣṇavas chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. This joking is also beneficial for such persons. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Sixth Canto, second chapter, verse 14, indicates that the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, even in joking, in the course of ordinary discussion, in indicating something extraneous, or in negligence, is called nāmābhāsa, which is chanting that is almost on the transcendental stage. This nāmābhāsa stage is better than nāmāparādha. Nāmābhāsa awakens the supreme remembrance of Lord Viṣṇu. When one remembers Lord Viṣṇu, he becomes free from material enjoyment. Thus he gradually comes forward toward the transcendental service of the Lord and becomes eligible to chant the holy name of the Lord in the transcendental position.
আর ম্লেচ্ছ কহে, শুন—আমি ত’ এইমতে ।
হিন্দুকে পরিহাস কৈনু সে দিন হইতে ॥ ২০১ ॥
জিহ্বা কৃষ্ণনাম করে, না মানে বর্জন ।
না জানি, কি মন্ত্রৌষধি জানে হিন্দুগণ ॥ ২০২ ॥
āra mleccha kahe, śuna — āmi ta’ ei-mate
hinduke parihāsa kainu se dina ha-ite
jihvā kṛṣṇa-nāma kare, nā māne varjana
nā jāni, ki mantrauṣadhi jāne hindu-gaṇa

Synonyms

āraanother; mlecchameat-eater; kahesaid; śunaplease hear; āmiI; ta’certainly; ei-matein this way; hinduketo a Hindu; parihāsajoking; kainudid; sethat; dinaday; ha-itefrom; jihvāthe tongue; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; karechants; does not; māneaccept; varjanarenunciation; not; jāniI know; kiwhat; mantra-auṣadhihymns and herbs; jāneknow; hindu-gaṇathe Hindus.

Translation

“Another meat-eater said, ‘Sir, please hear me. Since the day I joked with some Hindus in this way, my tongue chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa hymn and cannot give it up. I do not know what mystic hymns and herbal potions these Hindus know.’
এত শুনি’ তা’–সভারে ঘরে পাঠাইল ।
হেনকালে পাষণ্ডী হিন্দু পাঁচ–সাত আইল ॥ ২০৩ ॥
eta śuni’ tā’-sabhāre ghare pāṭhāila
hena-kāle pāṣaṇḍī hindu pāṅca-sāta āila

Synonyms

eta śuni’after hearing all this; tā’-sabhāreall of them; ghareback home; pāṭhāilasent; hena-kāleat that time; pāsaṇḍīnonbeliever; hinduHindus; pāṅca-sātafive or seven; āilacame.

Translation

“After hearing all this, I sent all the mlecchas back to their homes. Five or seven nonbelieving Hindus then approached me.

Purport

The word pāṣaṇḍī refers to nonbelievers engaged in fruitive activities and to idolatrous worshipers of many demigods. Pāṣaṇḍīs do not believe in one God, the Supreme Personality, Lord Viṣṇu; they think that all the demigods have the same potency as He. The definition of a pāṣaṇḍī is given in the tantra-śāstra:
yas tu nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁbrahma-rudrādi-daivataiḥ
samatvenaiva vīkṣeta
sa pāṣaṇḍī bhaved dhruvam
“A pāṣaṇḍī is one who considers the great demigods such as Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa.” (Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, 1.17)
The Supreme Personality of Godhead is asamaurdhva; in other words, no one can be equal to or greater than Him. But pāṣaṇḍīs do not believe this. They worship any kind of demigod, thinking it all right to accept whomever they please as the Supreme Lord. The pāṣaṇḍīs were against the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and now we see practically that they also do not like our humble attempts to spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness all over the world. On the contrary, these pāṣaṇḍīs say that we are spoiling the Hindu religion because people all over the world are accepting Lord Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to the version of Bhagavad-gītā As It Is. The pāṣaṇḍīs condemn this movement, and sometimes they accuse Vaiṣṇavas from foreign countries of being not bona fide. Even so-called Vaiṣṇavas — pseudo followers of the Vaiṣṇava cult — do not agree with our activities in making Vaiṣṇavas in the Western countries. Such pāṣaṇḍīs existed even during the time of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and they continue to exist. Despite all the activities of these pāṣaṇḍīs, however, the prediction of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu will triumph: pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi grāma/ sarvatra pracāra haibe mora nāma. “In every town and village, the chanting of My name will be heard.” No one can check the spread of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement because upon this movement is the benediction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
আসি’ কহে,—হিন্দুর ধর্ম ভাঙ্গিল নিমাই ।
যে কীর্তন প্রবর্তাইল, কভু শুনি নাই ॥ ২০৪ ॥
āsi’ kahe, — hindura dharma bhāṅgila nimāi
ye kīrtana pravartāila, kabhu śuni nāi

Synonyms

āsi’coming there; kahethey said; hinduraof the Hindus; dharmareligious principles; bhāṅgilahas broken; nimāiNimāi Paṇḍita; yethat; kīrtanacongregational chanting; pravartāilahas introduced; kabhuat any time; śuniwe heard; nāinever.

Translation

“Coming to me, the Hindus complained, ‘Nimāi Paṇḍita has broken the Hindu religious principles. He has introduced the saṅkīrtana system, which we never heard from any scripture.
মঙ্গলচণ্ডী, বিষহরি করি’ জাগরণ ।
তা’তে বাদ্য, নৃত্য, গীত,—যোগ্য আচরণ ॥ ২০৫ ॥
maṅgalacaṇḍī viṣahari kari’ jāgaraṇa
tā’te vādya, nṛtya, gīta, — yogya ācaraṇa

Synonyms

maṅgala-caṇḍīof the religious performance for worship of Maṅgalacaṇḍī; viṣahariof the religious performance for worship of Viṣahari; kari’observing; jāgaraṇanight vigil; tā’tein that ceremony; vādyamusical performance; nṛtyadancing; gītachanting; yogyasuitable; ācaraṇacustom.

Translation

“ ‘When we keep a night-long vigil to observe religious performances for the worship of Maṅgalacaṇḍī and Viṣahari, playing on musical instruments, dancing and chanting are certainly fitting customs.
পূর্বে ভাল ছিল এই নিমাই পণ্ডিত ।
গয়া হৈতে আসিয়া চালায় বিপরীত ॥ ২০৬ ॥
pūrve bhāla chila ei nimāi paṇḍita
gayā haite āsiyā cālāya viparīta

Synonyms

pūrvebefore this; bhālavery good; chilawas; eithis; nimāi paṇḍitaNimāi Paṇḍita; gayāGayā (a place of pilgrimage); haitefrom; āsiyācoming; cālāyaconducts; viparītajust the opposite.

Translation

“ ‘Nimāi Paṇḍita was previously a very good boy, but since He has returned from Gayā He conducts Himself differently.
উচ্চ করি’ গায় গীত, দেয় করতালি ।
মৃদঙ্গ–করতাল–শব্দে কর্ণে লাগে তালি ॥ ২০৭ ॥
ucca kari’ gāya gīta, deya karatāli
mṛdaṅga-karatāla-śabde karṇe lāge tāli

Synonyms

uccaloud; kari’making; gāyasings; gītasongs; deyapractices; karatāliclapping; mṛdaṅgamṛdaṅga drum; karatālahand cymbals; śabdeby sounds; karṇein the ear; lāgethere is; tāliblocking.

Translation

“ ‘Now He loudly sings all kinds of songs, claps, and plays drums and hand cymbals, making a tumultuous sound that deafens our ears.
না জানি,—কি খাঞা মত্ত হঞা নাচে, গায় ।
হাসে, কান্দে, পড়ে, উঠে, গড়াগড়ি যায় ॥ ২০৮ ॥
nā jāni, — ki khāñā matta hañā nāce, gāya
hāse, kānde, paḍe, uṭhe, gaḍāgaḍi yāya

Synonyms

jāniwe do not know; kiwhat; khāñāeating; mattamad; hañābecoming; nāceHe dances; gāyachants; hāselaughs; kāndecries; paḍefalls down; uṭhegets up; gaḍāgaḍi yāyagoes rolling on the ground.

Translation

“ ‘We do not know what He eats that makes Him become mad, dancing, singing, sometimes laughing, crying, falling down, jumping up and rolling on the ground.
নগরিয়াকে পাগল কৈল সদা সংকীর্তন ।
রাত্রে নিদ্রা নাহি যাই, করি জাগরণ ॥ ২০৯ ॥
nagariyāke pāgala kaila sadā saṅkīrtana
rātre nidrā nāhi yāi, kari jāgaraṇa

Synonyms

nagariyākeall the citizens; pāgalamad; kailaHe has made; sadāalways; saṅkīrtanacongregational chanting; rātreat night; nidrāsleep; nāhi yāiwe do not get; kariobserve; jāgaraṇawakefulness.

Translation

“ ‘He has made all the people practically mad by always performing congregational chanting. At night we cannot get any sleep; we are always kept awake.
‘নিমাঞি’ নাম ছাড়ি’ এবে বোলায় ‘গৌরহরি’ ।
হিন্দুর ধর্ম নষ্ট কৈল পাষণ্ড সঞ্চারি’ ॥ ২১০ ॥
‘nimāñi’ nāma chāḍi’ ebe bolāya ‘gaurahari’
hindura dharma naṣṭa kaila pāṣaṇḍa sañcāri’

Synonyms

nimāñiNimāi; nāmathe name; chāḍi’giving up; ebenow; bolāyacalls; gaurahariGaurahari; hinduraof the Hindus; dharmathe religious principles; naṣṭa kailaspoiled; pāṣaṇḍairreligion; sañcāri’introducing.

Translation

“ ‘Now He has given up His own name Nimāi and introduced Himself by the name Gaurahari. He has spoiled the Hindu religious principles and introduced the irreligion of non-believers.
কৃষ্ণের কীর্তন করে নীচ বাড় বাড় ।
এই পাপে নবদ্বীপ হইবে উজাড় ॥ ২১১ ॥
kṛṣṇera kīrtana kare nīca bāḍa bāḍa
ei pāpe navadvīpa ha-ibe ujāḍa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; kīrtanachanting; karedoes; nīcalower class; bāḍa bāḍaagain and again; ei pāpeby this sin; navadvīpathe whole city of Navadvīpa; ha-ibewill become; ujāḍadeserted.

Translation

“ ‘Now the lower classes are chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra again and again. For this sinful activity, the entire city of Navadvīpa will become deserted.
হিন্দুশাস্ত্রে ‘ঈশ্বর’ নাম—মহামন্ত্র জানি ।
সর্বলোক শুনিলে মন্ত্রের বীর্য হয় হানি ॥ ২১২ ॥
hindu-śāstre ‘īśvara’ nāma — mahā-mantra jāni
sarva-loka śunile mantrera vīrya haya hāni

Synonyms

hindu-śāstrein the scriptures of the Hindus; īśvaraGod; nāmathe holy name; mahā-mantratopmost hymn; jāniwe know; sarva-lokaeveryone; śunileif they hear; mantreraof the mantra; vīryapotency; hayabecomes; hānifinished.

Translation

“ ‘According to Hindu scripture, God’s name is the most powerful hymn. If everyone hears the chanting of the name, the potency of the hymn will be lost.

Purport

In the list of offenses in the chanting of the holy name of the Lord, it is said, dharma-vrata-tyāga-hutādi-sarva-śubha-kriyā-sāmyam api pramādaḥ: to consider the chanting of the holy name of the Lord equal to the execution of some auspicious religious ceremony is an offense. According to the materialistic point of view, observing a religious ceremony invokes an auspicious atmosphere for the material benefit of the entire world. Materialists therefore manufacture religious principles to live comfortably and without disturbance in executing their material activities. Since they do not believe in the existence of God, they have manufactured the idea that God is impersonal and that to have some conception of God one may imagine any form. Thus they respect the many forms of the demigods as different representations or manifestations of the Lord. They are called bahv-īśvara-vādīs, or followers of thousands and thousands of gods. They consider the chanting of the names of the demigods an auspicious activity. Great so-called svāmīs have written books saying that one may chant any name — Durgā, Kālī, Śiva, Kṛṣṇa, Rāma, and so on — because any name is all right for invoking an auspicious atmosphere in society. Thus they are called pāṣaṇḍīs — unbelievers or faithless demons.
Such pāṣaṇḍīs do not know the actual value of the chanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Foolishly proud of their material birth as brāhmaṇas and their consequently higher position in the social order, they think of the other classes — namely the kṣatriyas, vaiśyas and śūdras — as lower classes. According to them, no one but the brāhmaṇas can chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, for if others chanted the holy name, its potency would be reduced. They are unaware of the potency of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s name. The Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa recommends:
harer nāma harer nāmaharer nāmaiva kevalam
kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva
nāsty eva gatir anyathā
“For spiritual progress in this Age of Kali, there is no alternative, no alternative, no alternative to the holy name, the holy name, the holy name of the Lord.” The pāṣaṇḍīs do not accept that the potency of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa is so great that one can be delivered simply by chanting the holy name, although this is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.51): kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya mukta-saṅgaḥ paraṁ vrajet. Any man from any part of the world who practices chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa can be liberated and after death go back home, back to Godhead. The rascal pāṣaṇḍīs think that if anyone but a brāhmaṇa chants the holy name, the potency of the holy name is vanquished. According to their judgment, instead of delivering the fallen souls, the potency of the holy name is reduced. Believing in the existence of many gods and considering the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa no better than other hymns, these pāṣaṇḍīs do not believe in the words of the śāstra (harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam). But Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms in His Śikṣāṣṭaka, kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ: one must chant the holy name of the Lord always, twenty-four hours a day. The pāṣaṇḍīs, however, are so fallen and falsely proud of having taken birth in brāhmaṇa families that they think that instead of delivering all the fallen souls, the holy name becomes impotent when constantly chanted by lower-class men.
Significant in verse 211 are the words kṛṣṇera kīrtana kare nīca bāḍa bāḍa, indicating that anyone can join in the saṅkīrtana movement. This is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.4.18): kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ. This is a list of the names of caṇḍālas. The pāṣaṇḍīs say that when these lower-class men are allowed to chant, their influence is enhanced. They do not like the idea that others should also develop spiritual qualities, because this would curb their false pride in having taken birth in families of the elevated brāhmaṇa caste, with a monopoly on spiritual activities. But despite all protests from so-called Hindus and members of the brāhmaṇa caste, we are propagating the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement all over the world, according to the injunctions of the śāstras and the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Thus we are sure that we are delivering many fallen souls, making them bona fide candidates for going back home, back to Godhead.
গ্রামের ঠাকুর তুমি, সব তোমার জন ।
নিমাই বোলাইয়া তারে করহ বর্জন ॥ ২১৩ ॥
grāmera ṭhākura tumi, saba tomāra jana
nimāi bolāiyā tāre karaha varjana

Synonyms

grāmeraof this town; ṭhākurathe ruler; tumiyou; sabaall; tomārayour; janapeople; nimāiNimāi Paṇḍita; bolāiyācalling; tāreunto Him; karahado; varjanathe punishment of making Him leave the town.

Translation

“ ‘Sir, you are the ruler of this town. Whether Hindu or Muslim, everyone is under your protection. Therefore please call Nimāi Paṇḍita and make Him leave the town.’

Purport

The word ṭhākura has two meanings. One meaning is “God” or “a godly person,” and another meaning is kṣatriya. Here the pāṣaṇḍī brāhmaṇas address the Kazi as ṭhākura, considering him the ruler of the town. There are different names by which to address the members of different castes. The brāhmaṇas are addressed as mahārāja, the kṣatriyas as ṭhākura, the vaiśyas as śetha or mahājana, and the śūdras as caudhurī. This etiquette is still followed in northern India, where the kṣatriyas are addressed as Ṭhākura Sāhab. The pāsaṇḍīs went so far as to request the magistrate, or Kazi, to have Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu expelled from the town because of His introducing hari-nāma-saṅkīrtana. Fortunately our Hare Kṛṣṇa movement all over the world, especially in the civilized world of Europe and America, has become very popular. Generally no one complains against us to have us removed from a city. Although such an attempt was indeed made in Melbourne, Australia, the attempt failed. Thus we are now introducing this Hare Kṛṣṇa movement in great cities of the world like New York, London, Paris, Tokyo, Sydney, Melbourne and Auckland, and by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu everything is going on nicely. People are happy to accept the principle of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, and the result is most satisfactory.
তবে আমি প্রীতিবাক্য কহিল সবারে ।
সবে ঘরে যাহ, আমি নিষেধিব তারে ॥ ২১৪ ॥
tabe āmi prīti-vākya kahila sabāre
sabe ghare yāha, āmi niṣedhiba tāre

Synonyms

tabethereafter; āmiI; prīti-vākyasweet words; kahilasaid; sabāreunto all of them; sabeall of you; ghareback home; yāhago; āmiI; niṣedhibashall prohibit; tāreHim (Nimāi Paṇḍita).

Translation

“After hearing their complaints, in sweet words I told them, ‘Please go back home. I shall certainly prohibit Nimāi Paṇḍita from continuing His Hare Kṛṣṇa movement.’
হিন্দুর ঈশ্বর বড় যেই নারায়ণ ।
সেই তুমি হও,—হেন লয় মোর মন ॥ ২১৫ ॥
hindura īśvara baḍa yei nārāyaṇa
sei tumi hao, — hena laya mora mana

Synonyms

hinduraof the Hindus; īśvaraGod; baḍathe topmost; yeiwho; nārāyaṇaLord Nārāyaṇa; seiHe; tumiYou; haoare; henasuch; layatakes; moramy; manamind.

Translation

“I know that Nārāyaṇa is the Supreme God of the Hindus, and I think that You are the same Nārāyaṇa. This I feel within my mind.”
এত শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু হাসিয়া হাসিয়া ।
কহিতে লাগিলা কিছু কাজিরে ছুঁইয়া ॥ ২১৬ ॥
eta śuni’ mahāprabhu hāsiyā hāsiyā
kahite lāgilā kichu kājire chuṅiyā

Synonyms

etathis; śuni’hearing; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hāsiyā hāsiyasmiling; kahiteto speak; lāgilābegan; kichusomething; kājireunto the Kazi; chuṅiyātouching.

Translation

After hearing the Kazi speak so nicely, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu touched him and smilingly spoke as follows.
তোমার মুখে কৃষ্ণনাম,—এ বড় বিচিত্র ।
পাপক্ষয় গেল, হৈলা পরম পবিত্র ॥ ২১৭ ॥
tomāra mukhe kṛṣṇa-nāma, — e baḍa vicitra
pāpa-kṣaya gela, hailā parama pavitra

Synonyms

tomāra mukhein your mouth; kṛṣṇa-nāmachanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; ethis; baḍavery; vicitrawonderful; pāpakṣayanullifying of sinful activities; gelahas become a fact; hailāhave become; paramatopmost; pavitrapurified.

Translation

“The chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa from your mouth has performed a wonder — it has nullified the reactions of all your sinful activities. Now you have become supremely pure.

Purport

Confirming the potency of the saṅkīrtana movement, these words from the very mouth of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu express how people can be purified simply by chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. The Kazi was a Muslim mleccha, or meat-eater, but because he several times uttered the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa, automatically the reactions of his sinful life were vanquished and he was fully purified of all material contamination. We do not know why the pāṣaṇḍīs of the present day protest that we are deteriorating the Hindu religion by spreading Kṛṣṇa consciousness all over the world and claiming all classes of men to the highest standard of Vaiṣṇavism. But these rascals disagree with us so vehemently that some of them do not allow European and American Vaiṣṇavas to enter the temples of Viṣṇu. Thinking religion to be meant for material benefit, these so-called Hindus have actually become vicious by worshiping the numerous forms of the demigods. In the next verse Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms the Kazi’s purification.
‘হরি’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘নারায়ণ’—লৈলে তিন নাম ।
বড় ভাগ্যবান্‌ তুমি, বড় পুণ্যবান্ ॥ ২১৮ ॥
‘hari’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘nārāyaṇa’ — laile tina nāma
baḍa bhāgyavān tumi, baḍa puṇyavān

Synonyms

hari kṛṣṇa nārāyaṇathe holy names of Lord Hari, Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Nārāyaṇa; laileyou have taken; tinathree; nāmaholy names; baḍavery; bhāgyavānfortunate; tumiyou are; baḍavery; puṇyavānpious.

Translation

“Because you have chanted three holy names of the Lord — Hari, Kṛṣṇa and Nārāyaṇa — you are undoubtedly the most fortunate and pious.”

Purport

Here the Supreme Lord, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, con-firms that anyone who chants the holy names Hari, Kṛṣṇa and Nārāyaṇa without offense is certainly extremely fortunate, and whether Indian or non-Indian, Hindu or non-Hindu, he immediately comes to the level of the most pious personality. We therefore do not care about the statements of pāṣaṇḍīs who protest against our movement’s making the members of other cities or countries into Vaiṣṇavas. We have to follow in the footsteps of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, executing our mission peacefully, or, if necessary, kicking the heads of such protesters.
এত শুনি’ কাজীর দুই চক্ষে পড়ে পানি ।
প্রভুর চরণ ছুঁই’ বলে প্রিয়বাণী ॥ ২১৯ ॥
eta śuni’ kājīra dui cakṣe paḍe pāni
prabhura caraṇa chuṅi’ bale priya-vāṇī

Synonyms

etathis; śuni’hearing; kājīraof the Kazi; duitwo; cakṣein the eyes; paḍeflow down; pānitears; prabhuraof the Lord; caraṇalotus feet; chuṅi’touching; balesays; priya-vāṇīpleasing words.

Translation

After the Kazi heard this, tears flowed down from his eyes. He immediately touched the lotus feet of the Lord and spoke the following sweet words.
তোমার প্রসাদে মোর ঘুচিল কুমতি ।
এই কৃপা কর,—যেন তোমাতে রহু ভক্তি ॥ ২২০ ॥
tomāra prasāde mora ghucila kumati
ei kṛpā kara, — yena tomāte rahu bhakti

Synonyms

tomāra prasādeby Your mercy; moramy; ghucilahave gone away; kumatibad intentions; eithis; kṛpāmercy; karaplease do unto me; yenaso that; tomātein You; rahumay stay; bhaktidevotion.

Translation

“Only by Your mercy have my bad intentions vanished. Kindly favor me so that my devotion may always be fixed upon You.”
প্রভু কহে,—এক দান মাগিয়ে তোমায় ।
সংকীর্তন বাদ যৈছে নহে নদীয়ায় ॥ ২২১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — eka dāna māgiye tomāya
saṅkīrtana vāda yaiche nahe nadīyāya

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; ekaone; dānacharity; māgiyeI beg; tomāyafrom you; saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; vādaopposition; yaicheas it may be; nahenot be; nadīyāyain the district of Nadia.

Translation

The Lord said, “I wish to beg you for one favor in charity. You must pledge that this saṅkīrtana movement will not be checked, at least in the district of Nadia.”
কাজী কহে,—মোর বংশে যত উপজিবে ।
তাহাকে ‘তালাক’ দিব, কীর্তন না বাধিবে ॥ ১১২ ॥
kājī kahe, — mora vaṁśe yata upajibe
tāhāke ‘tālāka’ diba, — kīrtana nā bādhibe

Synonyms

kājī kahethe Kazi said; moramy; vaṁśein the dynasty; yataall (descendants); upajibewho will take birth; tāhākeunto them; tālākagrave admonition; dibaI shall give; kīrtanathe saṅkīrtana movement; never; bādhibethey will oppose.

Translation

The Kazi said, “To as many descendants as take birth in my dynasty in the future, I give this grave admonition: No one should check the saṅkīrtana movement.”

Purport

As a result of this grave injunction by the Kazi, even at present the descendants of the Kazi’s family do not oppose the saṅkīrtana movement under any circumstances. Even during the great Hindu-Muslim riots in neighboring places, the descendants of the Kazi honestly preserved the assurance given by their forefather.
শুনি’ প্রভু ‘হরি’ বলি’ উঠিলা আপনি ।
উঠিল বৈষ্ণব সব করি’ হরি–ধ্বনি ॥ ২২৩ ॥
śuni’ prabhu ‘hari’ bali’ uṭhilā āpani
uṭhila vaiṣṇava saba kari’ hari-dhvani

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; prabhuthe Lord; harithe holy name of the Lord; bali’chanting; uṭhilāgot up; āpanipersonally; uṭhilagot up; vaiṣṇavaother devotees; sabaall; kari’making; hari-dhvanivibration of the holy name, “Hari Hari.”.

Translation

Hearing this, the Lord got up, chanting “Hari! Hari!” Following Him, all the other Vaiṣṇavas also got up, chanting the vibration of the holy name.
কীর্তন করিতে প্রভু করিলা গমন ।
সঙ্গে চলি’ আইসে কাজী উল্লসিত মন ॥ ২২৪ ॥
kīrtana karite prabhu karilā gamana
saṅge cali’ āise kājī ullasita mana

Synonyms

kīrtanachanting; kariteto perform; prabhuthe Lord; karilāmade; gamanadeparture; saṅgeaccompanying Him; cali’walking; āisecomes; kājīthe Kazi; ullasitajubilant; manamind.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went back to perform kīrtana, and the Kazi, his mind jubilant, went with Him.
কাজীরে বিদায় দিল শচীর নন্দন ।
নাচিতে নাচিতে আইলা আপন ভবন ॥ ২২৫ ॥
kājīre vidāya dila śacīra nandana
nācite nācite āilā āpana bhavana

Synonyms

kājīreunto the Kazi; vidāyafarewell; dilagave; śacīraof mother Śacī; nandanathe son; nācite nācitedancing and dancing; āilācame back; āpanaown; bhavanahouse.

Translation

The Lord asked the Kazi to go back home. Then the son of mother Śacī came back to His own home, dancing and dancing.
এই মতে কাজীরে প্রভু করিলা প্রসাদ ।
ইহা যেই শুনে তার খণ্ডে অপরাধ ॥ ২২৬ ॥
ei mate kājīre prabhu karilā prasāda
ihā yei śune tāra khaṇḍe aparādha

Synonyms

ei matein this way; kājīreunto the Kazi; prabhuthe Lord; karilādid; prasādamercy; ihāthis; yeianyone who; śunehears; tārahis; khaṇḍevanquishes; aparādhaoffenses.

Translation

This is the incident concerning the Kazi and the Lord’s mercy upon him. Anyone who hears this is also freed from all offenses.
এক দিন শ্রীবাসের মন্দিরে গোসাঞি ।
নিত্যানন্দ–সঙ্গে নৃত্য করে দুই ভাই ॥ ২২৭ ॥
eka dina śrīvāsera mandire gosāñi
nityānanda-saṅge nṛtya kare dui bhāi

Synonyms

eka dinaone day; śrīvāseraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; mandirein the house; gosāñiLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nityānandaLord Nityānanda; saṅgeaccompanied by; nṛtyadancing; kareperformed; duitwo; bhāibrothers.

Translation

One day the two brothers Lord Nityānanda Prabhu and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu were dancing in the holy house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura.
শ্রীবাস–পুত্রের তাহাঁ হৈল পরলোক ।
তবু শ্রীবাসের চিত্তে না জন্মিল শোক ॥ ২২৮ ॥
śrīvāsa-putrera tāhāṅ haila paraloka
tabu śrīvāsera citte nā janmila śoka

Synonyms

śrīvāsaof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; putreraof the son; tāhāṅthere; hailatook place; paralokadeath; tabustill; śrīvāseraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; cittein the mind; not; janmilathere was; śokalamentation.

Translation

At that time a calamity took place — Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s son died. Yet Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura was not at all sorry.
মৃতপুত্র–মুখে কৈল জ্ঞানের কথন ।
আপনে দুই ভাই হৈলা শ্রীবাস–নন্দন ॥ ২২৯ ॥
mṛta-putra-mukhe kaila jñānera kathana
āpane dui bhāi hailā śrīvāsa-nandana

Synonyms

mṛta-putraof the dead son; mukhein the mouth; kailadid; jñāneraof knowledge; kathanaconversation; āpanepersonally; duithe two; bhāibrothers; hailābecame; śrīvāsa-nandanasons of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu caused the dead son to speak about knowledge, and then the two brothers personally became the sons of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura.

Purport

This incident is described as follows by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya. One night while Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was dancing with His devotees at the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, one of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s sons, who was suffering from some disease, died. Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura was so patient, however, that he did not allow anyone to express sorrow by crying, for he did not want the kīrtana going on at his house to be disturbed. Thus kīrtana continued without a sound of lamentation. But when the kīrtana was over, Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who could understand the incident, declared, “There must have been some calamity in this house.” When He was then informed about the death of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s son, He expressed His regret, saying, “Why was this news not given to Me before?” He went to the place where the son was lying dead and asked him, “My dear boy, why are you leaving the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura?” The dead son immediately replied, “I was living in this house as long as I was destined to live here. Now that the time is over, I am going elsewhere, according to Your direction. I am Your eternal servant, a dependent living being. I must act only according to Your desire. Beyond Your desire, I cannot do anything. I have no such power.” Hearing these words of the dead son, all the members of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s family received transcendental knowledge. Thus there was no cause for lamentation. This transcendental knowledge is described in the Bhagavad-gītā (2.13): tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati. When someone dies, he accepts another body; therefore sober persons do not lament. After the discourse between the dead boy and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, funeral ceremonies were performed, and Lord Caitanya assured Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, “You have lost one son, but Nityānanda Prabhu and I are your eternal sons. We shall never be able to give up your company.” This is an instance of a transcendental relationship with Kṛṣṇa. We have eternal transcendental relationships with Kṛṣṇa as His servants, friends, fathers, sons or conjugal lovers. When the same relationships are pervertedly reflected in this material world, we have relationships as the sons, fathers, friends, lovers, masters or servants of others, but all these relationships are subject to termination within a definite period. If we revive our relationship with Kṛṣṇa, however, by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu our eternal relationship will never break to cause our lamentation.
তবে ত’ করিলা সব ভক্তে বর দান ।
উচ্ছিষ্ট দিয়া নারায়ণীর করিল সম্মান ॥ ২৩০ ॥
tabe ta’ karilā saba bhakte vara dāna
ucchiṣṭa diyā nārāyaṇīra karila sammāna

Synonyms

tabethereafter; ta’certainly; karilādid; saba bhakteunto all devotees; varabenediction; dānacharity; ucchiṣṭafood remnants; diyāgiving; nārāyaṇīraof Nārāyaṇī; kariladid; sammānarespect.

Translation

Thereafter the Lord charitably bestowed His benediction upon all His devotees. He gave the remnants of His food to Nārāyaṇī, showing her special respect.

Purport

Nārāyaṇī was a niece of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, and later she became the mother of Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura. In this connection the sahajiyās cite a malicious story that after eating the remnants of Lord Caitanya’s food Nārāyaṇī became pregnant and gave birth to Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura. The rascal sahajiyās may manufacture such false statements, but no one should believe them because they are motivated by enmity against the Vaiṣṇavas.
শ্রীবাসের বস্ত্র সিঁয়ে দরজী যবন ।
প্রভু তারে নিজরূপ করাইল দর্শন ॥ ২৩১ ॥
śrīvāsera vastra siṅye darajī yavana
prabhu tāre nija-rūpa karāila darśana

Synonyms

śrīvāseraof Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; vastracloth; siṅyesewing; darajītailor; yavanameat-eater; prabhuthe Lord; tāreunto him; nija-rūpaHis own form; karāilacaused; darśanavision.

Translation

There was a tailor who was a meat-eater but was sewing garments for Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura. The Lord, being merciful to him, showed him His own form.
‘দেখিনু’ ‘দেখিনু’ বলি’ হইল পাগল ।
প্রেমে নৃত্য করে, হৈল বৈষ্ণব আগল ॥ ২৩২ ॥
‘dekhinu’ ‘dekhinu’ bali’ ha-ila pāgala
preme nṛtya kare, haila vaiṣṇava āgala

Synonyms

dekhinuI have seen; dekhinuI have seen; bali’saying; ha-ilabecame; pāgalamad; premein the ecstasy of love; nṛtyadancing; karedoes; hailabecame; vaiṣṇavadevotee; āgalafirst class.

Translation

Saying “I have seen! I have seen!” and dancing in ecstatic love as though mad, he became a first-class Vaiṣṇava.

Purport

There was a Muslim tailor near the house of Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura who used to sew the garments of the family. One day he was very pleased with the dancing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; indeed, he was enchanted. The Lord, understanding his attitude, showed him His original form as Kṛṣṇa. The tailor then began to dance, saying, “I have seen! I have seen!” He became absorbed in ecstatic love and began to dance with Lord Caitanya. Thus he became one of the foremost Vaiṣṇava adherents of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
আবেশেতে শ্রীবাসে প্রভু বংশী ত’ মাগিল ।
শ্রীবাস কহে,—বংশী তোমার গোপী হরি’ নিল ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
āveśete śrīvāse prabhu vaṁśī ta’ māgila
śrīvāsa kahe, — vaṁśī tomāra gopī hari’ nila

Synonyms

āveśetein ecstasy; śrīvāseunto Śrīvāsa; prabhuthe Lord; vaṁśīa flute; ta’certainly; māgilaasked; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; kahereplied; vaṁśīflute; tomāraYour; gopīthe gopīs; haristealing; nilatook away.

Translation

In ecstasy the Lord asked Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura to deliver His flute, but Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura replied, “Your flute has been stolen away by the gopīs.”
শুনি’ প্রভু ‘বল’ ‘বল’ বলেন আবেশে ।
শ্রীবাস বর্ণেন বৃন্দাবন–লীলারসে ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
śuni’ prabhu ‘bala’ ‘bala’ balena āveśe
śrīvāsa varṇena vṛndāvana-līlā-rase

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; prabhuthe Lord; bala balago on speaking, go on speaking; balenaHe says; āveśein ecstasy; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; varṇenadescribes; vṛndāvanaof Vṛndāvana; līlā-rasethe transcendental mellows of the pastimes.

Translation

Hearing this reply, the Lord said in ecstasy, “Go on talking! Go on talking!” Thus Śrīvāsa described the transcendental mellows of the pastimes of Śrī Vṛndāvana.
প্রথমেতে বৃন্দাবন–মাধুর্য বর্ণিল ।
শুনিয়া প্রভুর চিত্তে আনন্দ বাড়িল ॥ ২৩৫ ॥
prathamete vṛndāvana-mādhurya varṇila
śuniyā prabhura citte ānanda bāḍila

Synonyms

prathametein the beginning; vṛndāvana-mādhuryasweet pastimes of Vṛndāvana; varṇiladescribed; śuniyāhearing; prabhuraof the Lord; cittein the heart; ānandajubilation; bāḍilaincreased.

Translation

In the beginning Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura described the transcendental sweetness of Vṛndāvana’s pastimes. Hearing this, the Lord felt great and increasing jubilation in His heart.
তবে ‘বল’ ‘বল’ প্রভু বলে বারবার ।
পুনঃ পুনঃ কহে শ্রীবাস করিয়া বিস্তার ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
tabe ‘bala’ ‘bala’ prabhu bale vāra-vāra
punaḥ punaḥ kahe śrīvāsa kariyā vistāra

Synonyms

tabethereafter; bala balago on speaking, go on speaking; prabhuthe Lord; balesays; vāra-vāraagain, again; punaḥ punaḥagain, again; kahespeaks; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; kariyāmaking; vistāraexpansion.

Translation

Thereafter the Lord again and again asked him, “Speak on! Speak on!” Thus Śrīvāsa again and again described the pastimes of Vṛndāvana, vividly expanding them.
বংশীবাদ্যে গোপীগণের বনে আকর্ষণ ।
তাঁ–সবার সঙ্গে যৈছে বন–বিহরণ ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
vaṁśī-vādye gopī-gaṇera vane ākarṣaṇa
tāṅ-sabāra saṅge yaiche vana-viharaṇa

Synonyms

vaṁśī-vādyeon hearing the sound of the flute; gopī-gaṇeraof all the gopīs; vanein the forest; ākarṣaṇathe attraction; tāṅ-sabāraof all of them; saṅgein the company; yaichein what way; vanain the forest; viharaṇawandering.

Translation

Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura extensively explained how the gopīs were attracted to the forests of Vṛndāvana by the vibration of Kṛṣṇa’s flute and how they wandered together in the forest.
তাহি মধ্যে ছয়ঋতু লীলার বর্ণন ।
মধুপান, রাসোৎসব, জলকেলি কথন ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
tāhi madhye chaya-ṛtu līlāra varṇana
madhu-pāna, rāsotsava, jala-keli kathana

Synonyms

tāhi madhyeduring that; chaya-ṛtuthe six seasons; līlāraof the pastimes; varṇanadescription; madhu-pānadrinking of the honey; rāsa-utsavadancing the rāsa-līlā; jala-keliswimming in the Yamunā; kathananarrations.

Translation

Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita narrated all the pastimes enacted during the six changing seasons. He described the drinking of honey, the celebration of the rāsa dance, the swimming in the Yamunā and other such incidents.
‘বল’ ‘বল’ বলে প্রভু শুনিতে উল্লাস ।
শ্রীবাস কহেন তবে রাস রসের বিলাস ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
‘bala’ ‘bala’ bale prabhu śunite ullāsa
śrīvāsa kahena tabe rāsa rasera vilāsa

Synonyms

bala balago on speaking, go on speaking; balesays; prabhuthe Lord; śunitehearing; ullāsavery jubilantly; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; kahenasays; tabethen; rāsarāsa dance; raserafilled with transcendental humors; vilāsapastimes.

Translation

When the Lord, hearing with great pleasure, said, “Go on speaking! Go on speaking!” Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura described the rāsa-līlā dance, which is filled with transcendental mellows.
কহিতে, শুনিতে ঐছে প্রাতঃকাল হৈল ।
প্রভু শ্রীবাসেরে তোষি’ আলিঙ্গন কৈল ॥ ২৪০ ॥
kahite, śunite aiche prātaḥ-kāla haila
prabhu śrīvāsere toṣi’ āliṅgana kaila

Synonyms

kahitespeaking; śunitehearing; aichein that way; prātaḥ-kālamorning; hailaappeared; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrīvāsereunto Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; toṣi’satisfying; āliṅganaembracing; kailadid.

Translation

As the Lord thus requested and Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura spoke, the morning appeared, and the Lord embraced Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura and satisfied him.
তবে আচার্যের ঘরে কৈল কৃষ্ণলীলা ।
রুক্মিণী–স্বরূপ প্রভু আপনে হইলা ॥ ২৪১ ॥
tabe ācāryera ghare kaila kṛṣṇa-līlā
rukmiṇī-svarūpa prabhu āpane ha-ilā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; ācāryeraof Śrī Candraśekhara Ācārya; gharein the house; kailaperformed; kṛṣṇa-līlāpastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa; rukmiṇīof Rukmiṇī; svarūpaform; prabhuthe Lord; āpanepersonally; ha-ilābecame.

Translation

Thereafter a dramatization of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes was performed in the house of Śrī Candraśekhara Ācārya. The Lord personally took the part of Rukmiṇī, the foremost of Kṛṣṇa’s queens.
কভু দুর্গা, লক্ষ্মী হয়, কভু বা চিচ্ছক্তি ।
খাটে বসি’ ভক্তগণে দিলা প্রেমভক্তি ॥ ২৪২ ॥
kabhu durgā, lakṣmī haya, kabhu vā cic-chakti
khāṭe vasi’ bhakta-gaṇe dilā prema-bhakti

Synonyms

kabhusometimes; durgāthe part of Goddess Durgā; lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; hayais; kabhusometimes; or; cit-śaktithe spiritual potency; khāṭeon a cot; vasi’sitting; bhakta-gaṇeunto the devotees; dilāgave; prema-bhaktilove of Godhead.

Translation

The Lord sometimes took the part of Goddess Durgā, Lakṣmī [the goddess of fortune] or the chief potency, Yogamāyā. Sitting on a cot, He delivered love of Godhead to all the devotees present.
একদিন মহাপ্রভুর নৃত্য–অবসানে ।
এক ব্রাহ্মণী আসি’ ধরিল চরণে ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
eka-dina mahāprabhura nṛtya-avasāne
eka brāhmaṇī āsi’ dharila caraṇe

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nṛtya-avasāneat the end of the dancing; ekaone; brāhmaṇīwife of a brāhmaṇa; āsi’coming; dharilacaught hold; caraṇeof His lotus feet.

Translation

One day when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had finished His dancing, a woman, the wife of a brāhmaṇa, came there and caught hold of His lotus feet.
চরণের ধূলি সেই লয় বার বার ।
দেখিয়া প্রভুর দুঃখ হইল অপার ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
caraṇera dhūli sei laya vāra vāra
dekhiyā prabhura duḥkha ha-ila apāra

Synonyms

caraṇeraof His lotus feet; dhūlithe dust; seithat woman; layatakes; vāra vāraagain and again; dekhiyāseeing this; prabhuraof the Lord; duḥkhaunhappiness; ha-ilathere was; apāraunlimited.

Translation

As she took the dust of His lotus feet again and again, the Lord became unlimitedly unhappy.

Purport

This holding of a great personality’s lotus feet is certainly very good for the person who takes the dust, but this example of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s unhappiness indicates that a Vaiṣṇava should not allow anyone to take dust from his feet.
One who takes the dust of a great personality’s lotus feet transfers his sinful activities to that great personality. Unless the person whose dust is taken is very strong, he must suffer the sinful activities of the person who takes the dust. Therefore ordinarily it should not be allowed. Sometimes in big meetings people come to take the same advantage by touching our feet. On account of this, sometimes we have to suffer from some disease. As far as possible, no outsider should be allowed to touch one’s feet to take dust from them. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally showed this by His example, as explained in the next verse.
সেইক্ষণে ধাঞা প্রভু গঙ্গাতে পড়িল ।
নিত্যানন্দ–হরিদাস ধরি’ উঠাইল ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
sei-kṣaṇe dhāñā prabhu gaṅgāte paḍila
nityānanda-haridāsa dhari’ uṭhāila

Synonyms

sei-kṣaṇeimmediately; dhāñārunning; prabhuthe Lord; gaṅgātein the water of the Ganges; paḍilaplunged; nityānandaLord Nityānanda; haridāsaHaridāsa Ṭhākura; dhari’catching Him; uṭhāilaraised Him.

Translation

Immediately He ran to the river Ganges and jumped in to counteract the sinful activities of that woman. Lord Nityānanda and Haridāsa Ṭhākura caught Him and raised Him from the river.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is God Himself, but He was playing the part of a preacher. Every preacher should know that being allowed to touch a Vaiṣṇava’s feet and take dust may be good for the person who takes it, but it is not good for the person who allows it to be taken. As far as possible, this practice should ordinarily be avoided. Only initiated disciples should be allowed to take this advantage, not others. Those who are full of sinful activities should generally be avoided.
বিজয় আচার্যের ঘরে সে রাত্রে রহিলা ।
প্রাতঃকালে ভক্ত সবে ঘরে লঞা গেলা ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
vijaya ācāryera ghare se rātre rahilā
prātaḥ-kāle bhakta sabe ghare lañā gelā

Synonyms

vijayanamed Vijaya; ācāryeraof the teacher; ghareat the home; sethat; rātreon the night; rahilāremained; prātaḥ-kālein the morning; bhaktathe devotees; sabeall; gharehome; lañātaking them; gelāwent.

Translation

That night the Lord stayed at the house of Vijaya Ācārya. In the morning the Lord took all His devotees and returned home.
একদিন গোপীভাবে গৃহেতে বসিয়া ।
‘গোপী’ ‘গোপী’ নাম লয় বিষণ্ণ হঞা ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
eka-dina gopī-bhāve gṛhete vasiyā
‘gopī’ ‘gopī’ nāma laya viṣaṇṇa hañā

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; gopī-bhāvein the ecstasy of the gopīs; gṛheteat home; vasiyāsitting; gopī gopīgopī gopī; nāmathe name; layachants; viṣaṇṇamorose; hañābecoming.

Translation

One day the Lord, in the ecstasy of the gopīs, was sitting in His house. Very morose in separation, He was calling, “Gopī! Gopī!”
এক পড়ুয়া আইল প্রভুকে দেখিতে ।
‘গোপী’ ‘গোপী’ নাম শুনি’ লাগিল বলিতে ॥ ২৪৮ ॥
eka paḍuyā āila prabhuke dekhite
‘gopī’ ‘gopī’ nāma śuni’ lāgila balite

Synonyms

eka paḍuyāone student; āilacame there; prabhukethe Lord; dekhiteto see; gopī gopīgopī gopī; nāmathe name; śuni’hearing; lāgilabegan; baliteto say.

Translation

A student who came to see the Lord was astonished that the Lord was chanting “Gopī! Gopī!” Thus he spoke as follows.
কৃষ্ণনাম না লও কেনে, কৃষ্ণনাম—ধন্য ।
‘গোপী’ ‘গোপী’ বলিলে বা কিবা হয় পুণ্য ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
kṛṣṇa-nāma nā lao kene, kṛṣṇa-nāma — dhanya
‘gopī’ ‘gopī’ balile vā kibā haya puṇya

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; not; laoYou take; kenewhy; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dhanyaglorious; gopī gopīthe names gopī gopī; balileon saying; or; kibāwhat; hayathere is; puṇyapiety.

Translation

“Why are You chanting the names ‘gopī gopī’ instead of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa, which is so glorious? What pious result will You achieve by such chanting?”

Purport

It is said, vaiṣṇavera kriyā-mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya: no one can understand the activities of a pure devotee. A student or neophyte devotee could not possibly understand why Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was chanting the name of the gopīs, nor should the student have asked the Lord about the potency of chanting gopī gopī. The neophyte student was certainly convinced of the piety in the chanting of Kṛṣṇa’s holy name, but this sort of attitude is also offensive. Dharma-vrata-tyāga-hutādi-sarva-śubha-kriyā-sāmyam api pramādaḥ: to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa in exchange for the achievement of piety is an offense. This, of course, was unknown to the student. Thus he innocently asked, “What piety is there in the chanting of the name gopī?” He did not know that there is no question of piety or impiety. The chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa or the holy name gopī is on the transcendental platform of loving affairs. Since he was not expert in understanding such transcendental activities, his question was merely impudent. Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, apparently greatly angry at him, reacted as follows.
শুনি’ প্রভু ক্রোধে কৈল কৃষ্ণে দোষোদ্‌গার ।
ঠেঙ্গা লঞা উঠিলা প্রভু পড়ুয়া মারিবার ॥ ২৫০ ॥
śuni’ prabhu krodhe kaila kṛṣṇe doṣodgāra
ṭheṅgā lañā uṭhilā prabhu paḍuyā māribāra

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; prabhuthe Lord; krodhein anger; kailadid; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; doṣa-udgāramany accusations; ṭheṅgāstick; lañātaking; uṭhilāgot up; prabhuthe Lord; paḍuyāthe student; māribārato strike.

Translation

Hearing the foolish student, the Lord became greatly angry and rebuked Lord Kṛṣṇa in various ways. Taking up a stick, He rose to strike the student.

Purport

It is mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam that when Uddhava came from Lord Kṛṣṇa with a message for the gopīs, all the gopīs, especially Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, denounced Kṛṣṇa in various ways. Such denunciations, however, reflect an exuberant loving attitude that an ordinary man cannot understand. When the foolish student questioned Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Lord Caitanya similarly rebuked Lord Kṛṣṇa in loving exuberance. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was in the mood of the gopīs and the student advocated the cause of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Lord Caitanya was greatly angry. Seeing His anger, the foolish student, who was an ordinary atheistic smārta-brāhmaṇa, foolishly misjudged Him. Thus he and a party of students were ready to strike the Lord in retaliation. After this incident, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu decided to take sannyāsa so that people would not commit offenses against Him, considering Him an ordinary householder, for in India even now a sannyāsī is naturally offered respect.
ভয়ে পলায় পড়ুয়া, প্রভু পাছে পাছে ধায় ।
আস্তে ব্যস্তে ভক্তগণ প্রভুরে রহায় ॥ ২৫১ ॥
bhaye palāya paḍuyā, prabhu pāche pāche dhāya
āste vyaste bhakta-gaṇa prabhure rahāya

Synonyms

bhayeout of fear; palāyaruns away; paḍuyāthe student; prabhuthe Lord; pāche pācheafter him; dhāyaruns; āste vyastesomehow or other; bhakta-gaṇaall the devotees; prabhurethe Lord; rahāyachecked.

Translation

The student ran away in fear, and the Lord followed him. But somehow or other the devotees checked the Lord.
প্রভুরে শান্ত করি’ আনিল নিজ ঘরে ।
পড়ুয়া পলায়া গেল পড়ুয়া–সভারে ॥ ২৫২ ॥
prabhure śānta kari’ ānila nija ghare
paḍuyā palāyā gela paḍuyā-sabhāre

Synonyms

prabhurethe Lord; śānta kari’pacifying; ānilabrought; nijaHis own; ghareto the house; paḍuyāthe student; palāyārunning away; gelawent; paḍuyāof students; sabhāreto the assembly.

Translation

The devotees pacified the Lord and brought Him home, and the student ran away to an assembly of other students.
পড়ুয়া সহস্র যাহাঁ পড়ে একঠাঞি ।
প্রভুর বৃত্তান্ত দ্বিজ কহে তাহাঁ যাই ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
paḍuyā sahasra yāhāṅ paḍe eka-ṭhāñi
prabhura vṛttānta dvija kahe tāhāṅ yāi

Synonyms

paḍuyāstudents; sahasraa thousand; yāhāṅwhere; paḍethey study; eka-thāñiin one place; prabhuraof the Lord; vṛttāntaincident; dvijathe brāhmaṇa; kahesays; tāhāṅthere; yāihe goes.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa student ran to a place where a thousand students were studying together. There he described the incident to them.

Purport

In this verse we find the word dvija, indicating that the student was a brāhmaṇa. Actually, in those days, only members of the brāhmaṇa class became students of Vedic literature. Schooling is meant especially for brāhmaṇas; previously there was no question of schooling for kṣatriyas, vaiśyas or śūdras. Kṣatriyas used to learn the technology of warfare, and vaiśyas learned business from their fathers or other businessmen; they were not meant to study the Vedas. At present, however, everyone goes to school, and everyone is given the same type of education, although no one knows what the result will be. The result, however, is most unsatisfactory, as we have seen in the Western countries especially. The United States has vast educational institutions where everyone is allowed to receive an education, but the result is that most students become like hippies.
Higher education is not meant for everyone. Only selected individuals trained in brahminical culture should be allowed to pursue a higher education. Educational institutions should not aim to teach technology, for a technologist cannot properly be called educated. A technologist is a śūdra; only one who studies the Vedas may properly be called a learned man (paṇḍita). The duty of a brāhmaṇa is to become learned in the Vedic literature and teach the Vedic knowledge to other brāhmaṇas. In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement we are simply teaching our students to become fit brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas. In our school at Dallas, the students are learning English and Sanskrit, and through these two languages they are studying all our books, such as Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā As It Is and The Nectar of Devotion. It is a mistake to educate every student as a technologist. There must be a group of students who become brāhmaṇas. Without brāhmaṇas who study the Vedic literature, human society will be entirely chaotic.
শুনি’ ক্রোধ কৈল সব পড়ুয়ার গণ ।
সবে মেলি’ করে তবে প্রভুর নিন্দন ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
śuni’ krodha kaila saba paḍuyāra gaṇa
sabe meli’ kare tabe prabhura nindana

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; krodhaangry; kailabecame; sabaall; paḍuyāraof students; gaṇathe groups; sabeall; meli’joining together; karedo; tabethen; prabhuraof the Lord; nindanaaccusation.

Translation

Hearing of the incident, all the students became greatly angry and joined together in criticizing the Lord.
সব দেশ ভ্রষ্ট কৈল একলা নিমাঞি ।
ব্রাহ্মণ মারিতে চাহে, ধর্মভয় নাই ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
saba deśa bhraṣṭa kaila ekalā nimāñi
brāhmaṇa mārite cāhe, dharma-bhaya nāi

Synonyms

sabaall; deśacountries; bhraṣṭaspoiled; kailahas; ekalāalone; nimāñiNimāi Paṇḍita; brāhmaṇaa caste brāhmaṇa; māriteto strike; cāheHe wants; dharmaof religious principles; bhayafear; nāithere is not.

Translation

“Nimāi Paṇḍita alone has spoiled the entire country,” they accused. “He wants to strike a caste brāhmaṇa. He has no fear of religious principles.

Purport

In those days also, the caste brāhmaṇas were very proud. They were not prepared to accept chastisement even from a teacher or spiritual master.
পুনঃ যদি ঐছে করে মারিব তাহারে ।
কোন্ বা মানুষ হয়, কি করিতে পারে ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
punaḥ yadi aiche kare māriba tāhare
kon vā mānuṣa haya, ki karite pāre

Synonyms

punaḥagain; yadiif; aichelike that; kareHe does; māribawe shall strike; tāhareHim; konwho; or; mānuṣathe man; hayais; kiwhat; kariteto do; pāreHe is able.

Translation

“If He again performs such an atrocious act, certainly we shall retaliate and strike Him in turn. What kind of important person is He, that He can check us in this way?”
প্রভুর নিন্দায় সবার বুদ্ধি হৈল নাশ ।
সুপঠিত বিদ্যা কারও না হয় প্রকাশ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥
prabhura nindāya sabāra buddhi haila nāśa
supaṭhita vidyā kārao nā haya prakāśa

Synonyms

prabhuraof the Lord; nindāyain accusation; sabāraof everyone; buddhithe intelligence; hailabecame; nāśaspoiled; su-paṭhitawell-studied; vidyāknowledge; kāraoeveryone’s; does not; hayabecome; prakāśamanifest.

Translation

When all the students thus resolved, criticizing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, their intelligence was spoiled. Thus although they were learned scholars, because of this offense the essence of knowledge was not manifested in them.

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said, māyayāpahṛta-jñānā āsuraṁ bhāvam āśritāḥ: when one becomes inimical to the Supreme Personnality of Godhead, adopting an atheistic attitude (āsuraṁ bhāvam), even if one is a learned scholar the essence of knowledge does not become manifested in him; in other words, the essence of his knowledge is stolen by the illusory energy of the Lord. In this connection Śrī Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura quotes a mantra from the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (6.23):
yasya deve parā bhaktiryathā deve tathā gurau
tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ
prakāśante mahātmanaḥ
The purport of this verse is that one who is unflinchingly devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, and similarly devoted to the spiritual master, with no ulterior motive, becomes a master of all knowledge. In the heart of such a devotee, the real essence of the Vedic knowledge becomes manifested. This essence is nothing but surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead (vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ). Only unto one who fully surrenders to the spiritual master and the Supreme Lord does the essence of Vedic knowledge become manifested, not to anyone else. This same principle is emphasized by Śrī Prahlāda Mahārāja in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.24):
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇaubhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā
kriyate bhagavaty addhā
tan manye ’dhītam uttamam
“A person who directly applies these nine principles [hearing, chanting, remembering, etc.] in the service of the Lord is to be understood as a greatly learned man who has assimilated the Vedic literatures very well, for the goal of studying the Vedic literature is to understand the supremacy of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa.” Śrīdhara Svāmī confirms in his commentary that first one must surrender to the spiritual master; then the process of devotional service will develop. It is not a fact that only one who diligently pursues an academic career can become a devotee. Even with no academic career, if one has full faith in the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he develops in spiritual life and real knowledge of the Vedas. The example of Mahārāja Khaṭvāṅga confirms this. One who surrenders is understood to have learned the subject matter of the Vedas very nicely. One who adopts this Vedic process of surrender learns devotional service and is certainly successful. One who is very proud, however, is unable to surrender either to the spiritual master or to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus he cannot understand the essence of any Vedic literature. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (Bhāg. 11.11.18) declares:
śabda-brahmaṇi niṣṇātona niṣṇāyāt pare yadi
śramas tasya śrama-phalo
hy adhenum iva rakṣataḥ
“If one is learned in the Vedic literature but is not a devotee of Lord Viṣṇu, his work is a useless waste of labor, just like the keeping of a cow that does not give milk.”
Anyone who does not follow the surrendering process but is simply interested in an academic career cannot make any advancement. His profit is only his labor for nothing. If one is expert in the study of the Vedas but does not surrender to a spiritual master or Viṣṇu, all his cultivation of knowledge is but a waste of time and labor.
তথাপি দাম্ভিক পড়ুয়া নম্র নাহি হয় ।
যাহাঁ তাহাঁ প্রভুর নিন্দা হাসি’ সে করয় ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
tathāpi dāmbhika paḍuyā namra nāhi haya
yāhāṅ tāhāṅ prabhura nindā hāsi’ se karaya

Synonyms

tathāpistill; dāmbhikaproud; paḍuyāstudents; namrasubmissive; nāhinot; hayabecome; yāhāṅany where; tāhāṅeverywhere; prabhuraof the Lord; nindāaccusation; hāsi’laughing; sethey; karayado.

Translation

But the proud student community did not become submissive. On the contrary, the students spoke of the incident anywhere and everywhere. In a laughing manner they criticized the Lord.
সর্বজ্ঞ গোসাঞি জানি’ সবার দুর্গতি ।
ঘরে বসি’ চিন্তে তা’–সবার অব্যাহতি ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
sarva-jña gosāñi jāni’ sabāra durgati
ghare vasi’ cinte tā’-sabāra avyāhati

Synonyms

sarva-jñaall-knowing; gosāñiLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jāni’knowing; sabāraof all of them; durgatidegradation; ghareat home; vasi’sitting; cintecontemplates; tā’of them; sabāraof all; avyāhatithe rescue.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, being omniscient, could understand the degradation of these students. Thus He sat at home, contemplating how to rescue them.
যত অধ্যাপক, আর তাঁর শিষ্যগণ ।
ধর্মী, কর্মী, তপোনিষ্ঠ, নিন্দক, দুর্জন ॥ ২৬০ ॥
yata adhyāpaka, āra tāṅra śiṣya-gaṇa
dharmī, karmī, tapo-niṣṭha, nindaka, durjana

Synonyms

yataall; adhyāpakaprofessors; āraand; tāṅratheir; śiṣya-gaṇastudents; dharmīfollowers of religious ritualistic ceremonies; karmīperformers of fruitive activities; tapaḥ-niṣṭhaperformers of austerities; nindakablasphemers; durjanarogues.

Translation

“All the so-called professors and scientists and their students generally follow the regulative principles of religion, fruitive activities and austerities,” the Lord thought, “yet at the same time they are blasphemers and rogues.

Purport

Here is a depiction of materialists who have no knowledge of devotional service. They may be very religious and may work very systematically or perform austerities and penances, but if they blaspheme the Supreme Personality of Godhead they are nothing but rogues. This is confirmed in the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (3.11):
bhagavad-bhakti-hīnasyajātiḥ śāstraṁ japas tapaḥ
aprāṇasyaiva dehasya
maṇḍanaṁ loka-rañjanam
If they are without knowledge of devotional service to the Lord, then great nationalism, fruitive, political or social work, science or philosophy are all simply like costly garments decorating a dead body. The only offense of persons adhering to these principles is that they are not devotees; they are always blasphemous toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees.
এই সব মোর নিন্দা–অপরাধ হৈতে ।
আমি না লওয়াইলে ভক্তি, না পারে লইতে ॥ ২৬১ ॥
ei saba mora nindā-aparādha haite
āmi nā laoyāile bhakti, nā pāre la-ite

Synonyms

ei sabaall of them; moraof Me; nindāblasphemy; aparādhaoffense; haitefrom; āmiI; not; laoyāileif causing them to take; bhaktidevotional service; not; pāreable; la-iteto take.

Translation

“If I do not induce them to take to devotional service, because of committing the offense of blasphemy none of these people will be able to take to it.
নিস্তারিতে আইলাম আমি, হৈল বিপরীত ।
এসব দুর্জনের কৈছে হইবেক হিত ॥ ২৬২ ॥
nistārite āilāma āmi, haila viparīta
e-saba durjanera kaiche ha-ibeka hita

Synonyms

nistāriteto deliver; āilāmahave come; āmiI; hailait has become; viparītajust the opposite; e-sabaall these; durjaneraof the rogues; kaichehow; ha-ibekait will be; hitathe benefit.

Translation

“I have come to deliver all the fallen souls, but now just the opposite has happened. How can these rogues be delivered? How may they be benefited?
আমাকে প্রণতি করে, হয় পাপক্ষয় ।
তবে সে ইহারে ভক্তি লওয়াইলে লয় ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
āmāke praṇati kare, haya pāpa-kṣaya
tabe se ihāre bhakti laoyāile laya

Synonyms

āmākeunto Me; praṇatiobeisances; karethey offer; hayabecomes; pāpa-kṣayadestruction of sinful reactions; tabethen; sethey; ihāreunto them; bhaktidevotional service; laoyāileif causing to take; layawill take.

Translation

“If these rogues offer Me obeisances, the reactions of their sinful activities will be nullified. Then, if I induce them, they will take to devotional service.
মোরে নিন্দা করে যে, না করে নমস্কার ।
এসব জীবেরে অবশ্য করিব উদ্ধার ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
more nindā kare ye, nā kare namaskāra
e-saba jīvere avaśya kariba uddhāra

Synonyms

moreMe; nindā kareblasphemes; yeanyone who; does not; kareoffer; namaskāraobeisances; e-sabaall these; jīvereliving entities; avaśyacertainly; karibaI shall do; uddhāradeliverance.

Translation

“I must certainly deliver all these fallen souls who blaspheme Me and do not offer Me obeisances.
অতএব অবশ্য আমি সন্ন্যাস করিব ।
সন্ন্যাসি–বুদ্ধ্যে মোরে প্রণত হইব ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
ataeva avaśya āmi sannyāsa kariba
sannyāsi-buddhye more praṇata ha-iba

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; avaśyacertainly; āmiI; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; karibashall accept; sannyāsi-buddhyeby thinking of Me as a sannyāsī; moreunto Me; praṇatabow down; ha-ibathey shall do.

Translation

“I shall accept the sannyāsa order of life, for thus people will offer Me their obeisances, thinking of Me as a member of the renounced order.

Purport

Among the members of the varṇāśrama institution’s social orders (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra), the brāhmaṇa is considered the foremost, for he is the teacher and spiritual master of all the other varṇas. Similarly, among the spiritual orders (brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa), the sannyāsa order is the most elevated. Therefore a sannyāsī is the spiritual master of all the varṇas and āśramas, and a brāhmaṇa is also expected to offer obeisances to a sannyāsī. Unfortunately, however, caste brāhmaṇas do not offer obeisances to a Vaiṣṇava sannyāsī. They are so proud that they do not offer obeisances even to Indian sannyāsīs, what to speak of European and American sannyāsīs. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, however, expected that even the caste brāhmaṇas would offer respectful obeisances to a sannyāsī because five hundred years ago the social custom was to offer obeisances immediately to any sannyāsī, known or unknown.
The sannyāsīs of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement are bona fide. All the students of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement have undergone the regular process of initiation. As enjoined in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa by Sanātana Gosvāmī, tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām: by the regular process of initiation, any man can become a brāhmaṇa. Thus in the beginning the students of our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement agree to live with devotees, and gradually, having given up four prohibited activities — illicit sex, gambling, meat-eating and intoxication — they become advanced in the activities of spiritual life. When one is found to be regularly following these principles, he is given the first initiation (hari-nāma), and he regularly chants at least sixteen rounds a day. Then, after six months or a year, he is initiated for the second time and given the sacred thread with the regular sacrifice and rituals. After some time, when he advances still further and is willing to give up this material world, he is given the sannyāsa order. At that time he receives the title svāmī or gosvāmī, both of which mean “master of the senses.” Unfortunately, debauched so-called brāhmaṇas in India neither offer them respect nor accept them as bona fide sannyāsīs.Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu expected the so-called brāhmaṇas to offer respect to such Vaiṣṇava sannyāsīs. Nevertheless, it does not matter whether they offer respect, nor whether they accept these sannyāsīs as bona fide, for the śāstra describes punishment for such disobedient so-called brāhmaṇas. The śāstric injunction declares:
devatā-pratimāṁ dṛṣṭvāyatiṁ caiva tridaṇḍinam
namaskāraṁ na kuryād yaḥ
prāyaścittīyate naraḥ
“One who does not offer respect to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to His Deity in the temple or to a tridaṇḍī sannyāsī must undergo prāyaścitta [atonement].” If one does not offer obeisances to such a sannyāsī, the prescribed prāyaścitta is to fast for one day.
প্রণতিতে হ’বে ইহার অপরাধ ক্ষয় ।
নির্মল হৃদয়ে ভক্তি করাইব উদয় ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
praṇatite ha’be ihāra aparādha kṣaya
nirmala hṛdaye bhakti karāiba udaya

Synonyms

praṇatiteby offering obeisances; ha’bethere will be; ihāraof such offenders; aparādhathe offenses; kṣayadestruction; nirmalapure; hṛdayein the heart; bhaktidevotional service; karāibaI shall cause; udayathe rising.

Translation

“Offering obeisances will relieve them of all the reactions to their offenses. Then, by My grace, devotional service [bhakti] will awaken in their pure hearts.

Purport

According to the Vedic injunctions, only a brāhmaṇa may be offered sannyāsa. The Śaṅkara-sampradāya (ekadaṇḍa-sannyāsa-sampradāya) awards the sannyāsa order only to caste brāhmaṇas, or born brāhmaṇas, but in the Vaiṣṇava system even one not born in a brāhmaṇa family may be made a brāhmaṇa according to the direction of the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām). Any person from any part of the world may be made a brāhmaṇa by the regular process of initiation, and when he follows brahminical behavior, observing the principle of abstaining from intoxication, illicit sex, meat-eating and gambling, he may be offered sannyāsa. All the sannyāsīs in the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, who are preaching all over the world, are regular brāhmaṇa-sannyāsīs. Thus the so-called caste brāhmaṇas should not object to offering them respectful obeisances. By offering such obeisances, as recommended by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they will diminish their offenses and automatically awaken to their natural position of devotional service. As it is said, nitya-siddha kṛṣṇa-prema sādhya kabhu naya: kṛṣṇa-prema can be awakened in a purified heart. The more we offer obeisances to sannyāsīs, especially Vaiṣṇava sannyāsīs, the more we diminish our offenses and purify our hearts. Only in a purified heart can kṛṣṇa-prema awaken. This is the process of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s cult, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.
এসব পাষণ্ডীর তবে হইবে নিস্তার ।
আর কোন উপায় নাহি, এই যুক্তি সার ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
e-saba pāṣaṇḍīra tabe ha-ibe nistāra
āra kona upāya nāhi, ei yukti sāra

Synonyms

e-sabaall these; pāṣaṇḍīraof the demons; tabethen; ha-ibethere will be; nistāradeliverance; āraalternative; konasome; upāyameans; nāhithere is not; eithis; yuktiof the argument; sāraessence.

Translation

“All the unfaithful rogues of this world can be delivered by this process. There is no alternative. This is the essence of the argument.”
এই দৃঢ় যুক্তি করি’ প্রভু আছে ঘরে ।
কেশব ভারতী আইলা নদীয়া–নগরে ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
ei dṛḍha yukti kari’ prabhu āche ghare
keśava bhāratī āilā nadīyā-nagare

Synonyms

eithis; dṛḍhafirm; yukticonsideration; kari’making; prabhuthe Lord; āchewas; gharein His home; keśava bhāratīKeśava Bhāratī; āilācame; nadīyā-nagareto the town of Nadia.

Translation

After coming to this firm conclusion, the Lord continued to stay at home. In the meantime Keśava Bhāratī came to the town of Nadia.
প্রভু তাঁরে নমস্করি’ কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ।
ভিক্ষা করাইয়া তাঁরে কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
prabhu tāṅre namaskari’ kaila nimantraṇa
bhikṣā karāiyā tāṅre kaila nivedana

Synonyms

prabhuthe Lord; tāṅreto him; namaskari’offering obeisances; kailadid; nimantraṇainvitation; bhikṣāalms; karāiyāgiving; tāṅreto him; kailasubmitted; nivedanaHis prayer.

Translation

The Lord offered him respectful obeisances and invited him to His house. After feeding him sumptuously, He submitted to him His petition.

Purport

According to the system of Vedic society, whenever an unknown sannyāsī comes to a village or town, someone must invite him to take prasādam in his home. Sannyāsīs generally take prasādam in the house of a brāhmaṇa because the brāhmaṇa worships the Lord Nārāyaṇa śilā, or śālagrāma-śilā, and therefore there is prasādam that the sannyāsī may take. Keśava Bhāratī accepted the invitation of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Thus the Lord had a good opportunity to explain His desire to take sannyāsa from him.
তুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর বট,—সাক্ষাৎ নারায়ণ ।
কৃপা করি’ কর মোর সংসার মোচন ॥ ২৭০ ॥
tumi ta’ īśvara baṭa, — sākṣāt nārāyaṇa
kṛpā kari’ kara mora saṁsāra mocana

Synonyms

tumiyou; ta’certainly; īśvarathe Lord; baṭaare; sākṣātdirectly; nārāyaṇathe Supreme Lord, Nārāyaṇa; kṛpā kari’showing mercy; karaplease do; moraMy; saṁsāramaterial life; mocanadeliverance.

Translation

“Sir, you are directly Nārāyaṇa. Therefore please be merciful unto Me. Deliver Me from this material bondage.”
ভারতী কহেন,—তুমি ঈশ্বর, অন্তর্যামী ।
যে করাহ, সে করিব,—স্বতন্ত্র নহি আমি ॥ ২৭১ ॥
bhāratī kahena, — tumi īśvara, antaryāmī
ye karāha, se kariba, — svatantra nahi āmi

Synonyms

bhāratī kahenaKeśava Bhāratī replied; tumiYou; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; antaryāmīYou know everything from within; yewhatever; karāhaYou cause to do; sethat; karibaI must do; svatantraindependent; nahinot; āmiI.

Translation

Keśava Bhāratī replied to the Lord, “You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul. I must do whatever You cause me to do. I am not independent of You.”
এত বলি’ ভারতী গোসাঞি কাটোয়াতে গেলা ।
মহাপ্রভু তাহা যাই’ সন্ন্যাস করিলা ॥ ২৭২ ॥
eta bali’ bhāratī gosāñi kāṭoyāte gelā
mahāprabhu tāhā yāi’ sannyāsa karilā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; bhāratīKeśava Bhāratī; gosāñithe spiritual master; kāṭoyāteto Katwa; gelāwent; mahāprabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tahāthere; yai’going; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; karilāaccepted.

Translation

After saying this, Keśava Bhāratī, the spiritual master, went back to his village, Katwa. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu went there and accepted the renounced order of life [sannyāsa].

Purport

At the end of His twenty-fourth year, at the end of the fortnight of the waxing moon, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left Navadvīpa and crossed the river Ganges at a place known as Nidayāra-ghāṭa. Then He reached Kaṇṭaka-nagara, or Kāṭoyā (Katwa), where He accepted ekadaṇḍa-sannyāsa according to the Śaṅkarite system. Since Keśava Bhāratī belonged to the Śaṅkarite sect, he could not initiate Caitanya Mahāprabhu into the Vaiṣṇava sannyāsa order, whose members carry the tridaṇḍa.
Candraśekhara Ācārya assisted in the routine ceremonial work of the Lord’s acceptance of sannyāsa. By the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, kīrtana was performed for the entire day, and at the end of the day the Lord shaved off His hair. On the next day He became a regular sannyāsī, with one rod (ekadaṇḍa). From that day on, His name was Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya. Before that, He was known as Nimāi Paṇḍita. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, in the sannyāsa order, traveled all over Rāḍhadeśa, the region where the Ganges River cannot be seen. Keśava Bhāratī accompanied Him for some distance.
সঙ্গে নিত্যানন্দ, চন্দ্রশেখর আচার্য ।
মুকুন্দদত্ত,—এই তিন কৈল সর্ব কার্য ॥ ২৭৩ ৷৷
saṅge nityānanda, candraśekhara ācārya
mukunda-datta, — ei tina kaila sarva kārya

Synonyms

saṅgein His company; nityānandaNityānanda Prabhu; candraśekhara ācāryaCandraśekhara Ācārya; mukunda-dattaMukunda Datta; ei tinathese three; kailaperformed; sarvaall; kāryanecessary activities.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted sannyāsa, three personalities were with Him to perform all the necessary activities. They were Nityānanda Prabhu, Candraśekhara Ācārya and Mukunda Datta.
এই আদি–লীলার কৈল সূত্র গণন ।
বিস্তারি বর্ণিল ইহা দাস বৃন্দাবন ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
ei ādi-līlāra kaila sūtra gaṇana
vistāri varṇilā ihā dāsa vṛndāvana

Synonyms

eithis; ādi-līlāraof the ādi-līlā (the first portion of Lord Caitanya’s pastimes); kailamade; sūtrasynopsis; gaṇanaenumeration; vistārielaborately; varṇilādescribed; ihāthis; dāsa vṛndāvanaVṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura.

Translation

Thus I have summarized the incidents of the ādi-līlā. Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has described them elaborately [in his Caitanya-bhāgavata].
যশোদানন্দন হৈলা শচীর নন্দন ।
চতুর্বিধ ভক্ত–ভাব করে আস্বাদন ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
yaśodā-nandana hailā śacīra nandana
catur-vidha bhakta-bhāva kare āsvādana

Synonyms

yaśodā-nandanathe son of mother Yaśodā; hailābecame; śacīraof mother Śacī; nandanathe son; catuḥ-vidhafour kinds of; bhakta-bhāvadevotional humors; karedoes; āsvādanatasting.

Translation

The same Supreme Personality of Godhead who appeared as the son of mother Yaśodā has now appeared as the son of mother Śacī, relishing four kinds of devotional activities.

Purport

Servitude, friendship, parental affection and conjugal love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead are the basis of the four kinds of devotional activities. In śānta, the marginal stage of devotional service, there is no activity. But above the śānta humor are servitude, friendship, parental affection and conjugal love, which represent the gradual growth of devotional service to higher and higher platforms.
স্বমাধুর্য রাধা–প্রেমরস আস্বাদিতে ।
রাধাভাব অঙ্গী করিয়াছে ভালমতে ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
sva-mādhurya rādhā-prema-rasa āsvādite
rādhā-bhāva aṅgī kariyāche bhāla-mate

Synonyms

sva-mādhuryaHis own conjugal love; rādhā-prema-rasathe mellow of the loving affairs between Rādhārāṇī and Kṛṣṇa; āsvāditeto taste; rādhā-bhāvathe mood of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; aṅgī kariyācheHe accepted; bhāla-matevery well.

Translation

To taste the mellows of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī’s loving affairs in Her relationship with Kṛṣṇa, and to understand the reservoir of pleasure in Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Himself, as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, accepted the mood of Rādhārāṇī.

Purport

In this connection Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura writes in his Anubhāṣya, “Śrī Gaurasundara is Kṛṣṇa Himself with the attitude of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu never gave up the attitude of the gopīs. He remained everlastingly predominated by Kṛṣṇa and never accepted the part of the predominator by imitating conjugal love with an ordinary woman, as sahajiyās generally do. He never placed Himself in the position of a debauchee. Lusty materialists like the members of the sahajiyā-sampradāya hanker after women, even others’ wives. But when they try to ascribe the responsibility for their lusty activities to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they become offenders to Svarūpa Dāmodara and Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura. In Śrī Caitanya-bhāgavata, Ādi-khaṇḍa, chapter fifteen, it is said:
sabe para-strīra prati nāhi parihāsa
strī dekhi’ dūre prabhu hayena eka-pāśa
‘Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu never even joked with others’ wives. As soon as He saw a woman coming, He would immediately give her ample room to pass without talking.’ He was extremely strict regarding the association of women. The sahajiyās, however, pose as followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu although they indulge in lusty affairs with women. In His youth Lord Caitanya was very humorous with everyone, but He never joked with any woman, nor in this incarnation did He talk about women. The gaurāṅga-nāgarī party is not approved by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu or Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura. Even though one may offer all kinds of prayers to Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one should strictly avoid worshiping Him as the Gaurāṅga Nāgara. The personal behavior of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the verses written by Śrī Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura have completely repudiated the lusty desires of the gaurāṅga-nāgarīs.
গোপী–ভাব যাতে প্রভু ধরিয়াছে একান্ত ।
ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দনে মানে আপনার কান্ত ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
gopī-bhāva yāte prabhu dhariyāche ekānta
vrajendra-nandane māne āpanāra kānta

Synonyms

gopī-bhāvathe mood of the gopīs; yātein which; prabhuthe Lord; dhariyācheaccepted; ekāntapositively; vrajendra-nandaneLord Kṛṣṇa; mānethey accept; āpanāraown; kāntalover.

Translation

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted the mood of the gopīs, who accept Vrajendranandana, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, as their lover.
গোপিকা–ভাবের এই সুদৃঢ় নিশ্চয় ।
ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন বিনা অন্যত্র না হয় ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
gopikā-bhāvera ei sudṛḍha niścaya
vrajendra-nandana vinā anyatra nā haya

Synonyms

gopikā-bhāveraof the ecstasy of the gopīs; eithis; sudṛḍhafirm; niścayaconfirmation; vrajendra-nandanaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; vināwithout; anyatraanyone else; not; hayais possible.

Translation

It is firmly concluded that the ecstatic mood of the gopīs is possible only before Kṛṣṇa, and no one else.
শ্যামসুন্দর, শিখিপিচ্ছ–গুঞ্জা–বিভূষণ ।
গোপ–বেশ, ত্রিভঙ্গিম, মুরলী–বদন ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
śyāmasundara, śikhipiccha-guñjā-vibhūṣaṇa
gopa-veśa, tri-bhaṅgima, muralī-vadana

Synonyms

śyāma-sundaraLord Kṛṣṇa, who has a bluish color; śikhi-picchawith a peacock feather on the head; guñjāa garland of guñjā (small berries or conchshells); vibhūṣaṇadecorations; gopa-veśawith the dress of a cowherd boy; tri-bhaṅgimacurved in three places; muralīvadanaholding a flute to His mouth.

Translation

He has a bluish complexion, a peacock feather on His head, a guñjā garland and the decorations of a cowherd boy. His body is curved in three places, and He holds a flute to His mouth.
ইহা ছাড়ি’ কৃষ্ণ যদি হয় অন্যাকার ।
গোপিকার ভাব নাহি যায় নিকট তাহার ॥ ২৮০ ॥
ihā chāḍi’ kṛṣṇa yadi haya anyākāra
gopikāra bhāva nāhi yāya nikaṭa tāhāra

Synonyms

ihāthis; chāḍi’giving up; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; yadiif; hayatakes; anya-ākāraanother form; gopikāraof the gopīs; bhāvathe ecstasy; nāhidoes not; yāyaarise; nikaṭanear; tāhārathat (form).

Translation

If Lord Kṛṣṇa gives up this original form and assumes another Viṣṇu form, nearness to Him cannot invoke the ecstatic mood of the gopīs.
গোপীনাং পশুপেন্দ্রনন্দনজুষো ভাবস্য কস্তাং কৃতী
বিজ্ঞাতুং ক্ষমতে দুরূহপদবীসঞ্চারিণঃ প্রক্রিয়াম্‌ ।
আবিষ্কুর্বতি বৈষ্ণবীমপি তনুং তস্মিন্ ভুজৈর্জিষ্ণুভি–
র্যাসাং হন্ত চতুর্ভিরদ্ভুতরুচিং রাগোদয়ঃ কুঞ্চতি ॥ ২৮১ ॥
gopīnāṁ paśupendra-nandana-juṣo bhāvasya kas tāṁ kṛtī
vijñātuṁ kṣamate durūha-padavī-sañcāriṇaḥ prakriyām
āviṣkurvati vaiṣṇavīm api tanuṁ tasmin bhujair jiṣṇubhir
yāsāṁ hanta caturbhir adbhuta-ruciṁ rāgodayaḥ kuñcati

Synonyms

gopīnāmof the gopīs; paśupa-indra-nandana-juṣaḥof the service of the son of Vraja’s King, Mahārāja Nanda; bhāvasyaecstatic; kaḥwhat; tāmthat; kṛtīlearned man; vijñātumto understand; kṣamateis able; durūhavery difficult to understand; padavīthe position; sañcāriṇaḥwhich provokes; prakriyāmactivity; āviṣkurvatiHe manifests; vaiṣṇavīmof Viṣṇu; apicertainly; tanumthe body; tasminin that; bhujaiḥwith arms; jiṣṇubhiḥvery beautiful; yāsāmof whom (the gopīs); hantaalas; caturbhiḥfour; adbhutawonderfully; rucimbeautiful; rāga-udayaḥthe evoking of ecstatic feelings; kuñcaticripples.

Translation

“Once Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa playfully manifested Himself as Nārāyaṇa, with four victorious hands and a very beautiful form. When the gopīs saw this exalted form, however, their ecstatic feelings were crippled. Even a learned scholar, therefore, cannot understand the gopīs’ ecstatic feelings, which are firmly fixed upon the original form of Lord Kṛṣṇa as the son of Nanda Mahārāja. The wonderful feelings of the gopīs in ecstatic parama-rasa with Kṛṣṇa constitute the greatest mystery in spiritual life.”

Purport

This is a quotation from the Lalita-mādhava (6.54), by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
বসন্তকালে রাসলীলা করে গোবর্ধনে ।
অন্তর্ধান কৈলা সঙ্কেত করি’ রাধা–সনে ॥ ২৮২ ॥
vasanta-kāle rāsa-līlā kare govardhane
antardhāna kailā saṅketa kari’ rādhā-sane

Synonyms

vasanta-kāleduring the season of spring; rāsa-līlāthe rāsa dance; karedoes; govardhanenear the Govardhana Hill; antardhānadisappearance; kailādid; saṅketaindication; kari’making; rādhā-sanewith Rādhārāṇī.

Translation

During the season of springtime, when the rāsa dance was going on, suddenly Kṛṣṇa disappeared from the scene, indicating that He wanted to be alone with Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī.
নিভৃতনিকুঞ্জে বসি’ দেখে রাধার বাট ।
অন্বেষিতে আইলা তাহাঁ গোপিকার ঠাট ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
nibhṛta-nikuñje vasi’ dekhe rādhāra bāṭa
anveṣite āilā tāhāṅ gopikāra ṭhāṭa

Synonyms

nibhṛtasolitary; nikuñjein a bush; vasi’sitting; dekhewaiting to see; rādhāraof Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; bāṭathe passing; anveṣitewhile searching; āilācame; tāhāṅthere; gopikāraof the gopīs; ṭhāṭathe phalanx.

Translation

Kṛṣṇa was sitting in a solitary bush, waiting for Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī to pass by. But while He was searching, the gopīs arrived there, like a phalanx of soldiers.
দূর হৈতে কৃষ্ণে দেখি’ বলে গোপীগণ ।
“এই দেখ কুঞ্জের ভিতর ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥” ২৮৪ ॥
dūra haite kṛṣṇe dekhi’ bale gopī-gaṇa
“ei dekha kuñjera bhitara vrajendra-nandana”

Synonyms

dūra haitefrom a distance; kṛṣṇeunto Kṛṣṇa; dekhi’seeing; balesaid; gopī-gaṇaall the gopīs; ei dekhajust see here; kuñjerathe bush; bhitarawithin; vrajendra-nandanathe son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

“Just see!” the gopīs said, seeing Kṛṣṇa from a distant place. “Here within a bush is Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja.”
গোপীগণ দেখি’ কৃষ্ণের হইল সাধ্বস ।
লুকাইতে নারিল, ভয়ে হৈলা বিবশ ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
gopī-gaṇa dekhi’ kṛṣṇera ha-ila sādhvasa
lukāite nārila, bhaye hailā vibaśa

Synonyms

gopī-gaṇaall the gopīs combined together; dekhi’seeing; kṛṣṇeraof Kṛṣṇa; ha-ilathere were; sādhvasasome emotional feelings; lukāiteto hide; nārilawas unable; bhayeout of fear; hailābecame; vibaśamotionless.

Translation

As soon as Kṛṣṇa saw all the gopīs, He was struck with emotion. Thus He could not hide Himself, and out of fear He became motionless.
চতুর্ভুজ মূর্তি ধরি’ আছেন বসিয়া ।
কৃষ্ণ দেখি’ গোপী কহে নিকটে আসিয়া ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
catur-bhuja mūrti dhari’ āchena vasiyā
kṛṣṇa dekhi’ gopī kahe nikaṭe āsiyā

Synonyms

catur-bhujafour-armed; mūrtiform; dhari’accepting; āchenawas; vasiyāsitting; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; dekhi’seeing; gopīthe gopīs; kahesay; nikaṭenearby; āsiyācoming there.

Translation

Kṛṣṇa assumed His four-armed Nārāyaṇa form and sat there. When all the gopīs came, they looked at Him and spoke as follows.
‘ইহোঁ কৃষ্ণ নহে, ইহোঁ নারায়ণমূর্তি ।’
এত বলি’ তাঁরে সভে করে নতি–স্তুতি ॥ ২৮৭ ॥
‘ihoṅ kṛṣṇa nahe, ihoṅ nārāyaṇa mūrti’
eta bali’ tāṅre sabhe kare nati-stuti

Synonyms

ihoṅthis; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; naheis not; ihoṅthis is; nārāyaṇathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mūrtithe form; eta bali’saying this; tāṅreunto Him; sabheall the gopīs; karemake; nati-stutiobeisances and prayers.

Translation

“He is not Kṛṣṇa! He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa.” After saying this, they offered obeisances and the following respectful prayers.
“নমো নারায়ণ, দেব করহ প্রসাদ ।
কৃষ্ণসঙ্গ দেহ’ মোর ঘুচাহ বিষাদ ॥” ২৮৮ ॥
“namo nārāyaṇa, deva karaha prasāda
kṛṣṇa-saṅga deha’ mora ghucāha viṣāda”

Synonyms

namaḥ nārāyaṇaall respects to Nārāyaṇa; devathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; karahakindly give; prasādaYour mercy; kṛṣṇa-saṅgaassociation with Kṛṣṇa; deha’giving; moraour; ghucāhaplease diminish; viṣādalamentation.

Translation

“O Lord Nārāyaṇa, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You. Kindly be merciful to us. Give us the association of Kṛṣṇa and thus vanquish our lamentation.”

Purport

The gopīs were not made happy even by seeing the four-armed form of Nārāyaṇa. Yet they offered their respects to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and begged from Him the benediction of achieving the association of Kṛṣṇa. Such is the ecstatic feeling of the gopīs.
এত বলি নমস্করি’ গেলা গোপীগণ ।
হেনকালে রাধা আসি’ দিলা দরশন ॥ ২৮৯ ॥
eta bali namaskari’ gelā gopī-gaṇa
hena-kāle rādhā āsi’ dilā daraśana

Synonyms

eta balisaying this; namaskari’offering obeisances; gelāwent away; gopī-gaṇaall the gopīs; hena-kāleat this time; rādhāŚrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; āsi’coming there; dilāgave; daraśanaaudience.

Translation

After saying this and offering obeisances, all the gopīs dispersed. Then Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī came and appeared before Lord Kṛṣṇa.
রাধা দেখি’ কৃষ্ণ তাঁরে হাস্য করিতে ।
সেই চতুর্ভুজ মূর্তি চাহেন রাখিতে ॥ ২৯০ ॥
rādhā dekhi’ kṛṣṇa tāṅre hāsya karite
sei catur-bhuja mūrti cāhena rākhite

Synonyms

rādhāŚrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; dekhi’seeing; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; tāṅreunto Her; hāsyajoking; kariteto do; seithat; catur-bhujafour-armed; mūrtiform; cāhenawanted; rākhiteto keep.

Translation

When Lord Kṛṣṇa saw Rādhārāṇī, He wanted to maintain the four-armed form to joke with Her.
লুকাইলা দুই ভুজ রাধার অগ্রেতে ।
বহু যত্ন কৈলা কৃষ্ণ, নারিল রাখিতে ॥ ২৯১ ॥
lukāilā dui bhuja rādhāra agrete
bahu yatna kailā kṛṣṇa, nārila rākhite

Synonyms

lukāilāHe hid; duitwo; bhujaarms; rādhāraof Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; agretein front; bahumuch; yatnaendeavor; kailādid; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; nārilawas unable; rākhiteto keep.

Translation

In front of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, Śrī Kṛṣṇa had to hide the two extra arms. He tried His best to keep four arms before Her, but He was completely unable to do so.
রাধার বিশুদ্ধ–ভাবের অচিন্ত্য প্রভাব ।
যে কৃষ্ণেরে কইলা দ্বিভুজ স্বভাব ॥ ২৯২ ॥
rādhāra viśuddha-bhāvera acintya prabhāva
ye kṛṣṇere karāilā dvi-bhuja-svabhāva

Synonyms

rādhāraof Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; viśuddhapurified; bhāveraof the ecstasy; acintyainconceivable; prabhāvainfluence; yewhich; kṛṣṇereunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; karāilāforced; dvi-bhujatwo-armed; svabhāvaoriginal form.

Translation

The influence of Rādhārāṇī’s pure ecstasy is so inconceivably great that it forced Kṛṣṇa to come to His original two-armed form.
রাসারম্ভবিধৌ নিলীয় বসতা কুঞ্জে মৃগাক্ষীগণৈ–
দৃষ্টং গোপয়িতুং স্বমুদ্ধুরধিয়া যা সুষ্ঠু সন্দর্শিতা ।
রাধায়াঃ প্রণয়স্য হস্ত মহিমা যস্য শিয়া রক্ষিতুং
সা শক্যা প্রভবিষ্ণুনাপি হরিণা নাসীচ্চতুর্বাহুতা ॥ ২৯৩ ॥
rāsārambha-vidhau nilīya vasatā kuñje mṛgākṣī-gaṇair
 dṛṣṭaṁ gopayituṁ svam uddhura-dhiyā yā suṣṭhu sandarśitā
ādhāyāḥ praṇayasya hanta mahimā yasya śriyā rakṣituṁ
 sā śakyā prabhaviṣṇunāpi hariṇā nāsīc catur-bāhutā

Synonyms

rāsa-ārambha-vidhauin the matter of beginning the rāsa dance; nilīyahaving hidden; vasatāsitting; kuñjein a grove; mṛga-akṣī-gaṇaiḥby the gopīs, who had eyes resembling those of deer; dṛṣṭambeing seen; gopayitumto hide; svamHimself; uddhura-dhiyāby first-class intelligence; which; suṣṭhuperfectly; sandarśitāexhibited; rādhāyāḥof Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇīī; praṇayasyaof the love; hantajust see; mahimāthe glory; yasyaof which; śriyāthe opulence; rakṣitumto protect that; that; śakyāable; prabhaviṣṇunāby Kṛṣṇa; apieven; hariṇāby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nanot; āsītwas; catuḥ-bāhutāfour-armed form.

Translation

“Prior to the rāsa dance, Lord Kṛṣṇa hid Himself in a grove just to have fun. When the gopīs came, their eyes resembling those of deer, by His sharp intelligence He exhibited His beautiful four-armed form to hide Himself. But when Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī came there, Kṛṣṇa could not maintain His four arms in Her presence. This is the wonderful glory of Her love.”

Purport

This is a quotation from the Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi (Nāyikābheda 7), by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
সেই ব্রজেশ্বর—ইহঁ জগন্নাথ পিতা ।
সেই ব্রজেশ্বরী—ইহঁ শচীদেবী মাতা ॥ ২৯৪ ॥
sei vrajeśvara — ihaṅ jagannātha pitā
sei vrajeśvarī — ihaṅ śacīdevī mātā

Synonyms

seithat; vrajeśvarathe King of Vraja; ihaṅnow; jagannāthaJagannātha Miśra; pitāthe father of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; seithat; vrajeśvarīQueen of Vraja; ihaṅnow; śacīdevīŚacīdevī; mātāthe mother of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Father Nanda, the King of Vrajabhūmi, is now Jagannātha Miśra, the father of Caitanya Mahāprabhu. And mother Yaśodā, the Queen of Vrajabhūmi, is now Śacīdevī, Lord Caitanya’s mother.
সেই নন্দসুত—ইহঁ চৈতন্য–গোসাঞি ।
সেই বলদেব— ইহঁ নিত্যানন্দ ভাই ॥ ২৯৫ ॥
sei nanda-suta — ihaṅ caitanya-gosāñi
sei baladeva — ihaṅ nityānanda bhāi

Synonyms

sei nanda-sutathe same son of Nanda Mahārāja; ihaṅnow; caitanya-gosāñiCaitanya Mahāprabhu; sei baladevathe selfsame Baladeva; ihaṅnow; nityānanda bhāiNityānanda Prabhu, the brother of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

The former son of Nanda Mahārāja is now Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and the former Baladeva, Kṛṣṇa’s brother, is now Nityānanda Prabhu, the brother of Lord Caitanya.
বাৎসল্য, দাস্য, সখ্য—তিন ভাবময় ।
সেই নিত্যানন্দ—কৃষ্ণচৈতন্য–সহায় ॥ ২৯৬ ॥
vātsalya, dāsya, sakhya — tina bhāvamaya
sei nityānanda — kṛṣṇa-caitanya-sahāya

Synonyms

vātsalyapaternity; dāsyaservitude; sakhyafraternity; tinathree; bhāva-mayaemotional ecstasies; seithat; nityānandaNityānanda Prabhu; kṛṣṇa-caitanyaof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sahāyathe assistant.

Translation

Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu always feels the ecstatic emotions of paternity, servitude and friendship. He always assists Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in that way.
প্রেমভক্তি দিয়া তেঁহো ভাসা’ল জগতে ।
তাঁর চরিত্র লোকে না পারে বুঝিতে ॥ ২৯৭ ॥
prema-bhakti diyā teṅho bhāsā’la jagate
tāṅra caritra loke nā pāre bujhite

Synonyms

prema-bhaktidevotional service; diyāgiving; teṅhoLord Nityānanda Prabhu; bhāsā’laoverflooded; jagatein the world; tāṅraHis; caritracharacter; lokepeople; not; pāreable; bujhiteto understand.

Translation

Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu overflooded the entire world by distributing transcendental loving service. No one can understand His character and activities.
অদ্বৈত–আচার্য–গোসাঞি ভক্ত–অবতার ।
কৃষ্ণ অবতারিয়া কৈলা ভক্তির প্রচার ॥ ২৯৮ ॥
advaita-ācārya-gosāñi bhakta-avatāra
kṛṣṇa avatāriyā kailā bhaktira pracāra

Synonyms

advaita-ācāryaŚrī Advaita Prabhu; gosāñispiritual master; bhaktaavatārathe incarnation of a devotee; kṛṣṇathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; avatāriyādescending; kailādid; bhaktiraof devotional service; pracārapropagation.

Translation

Śrīla Advaita Ācārya Prabhu appeared as an incarnation of a devotee. He is in the category of Kṛṣṇa, but He descended to this earth to propagate devotional service.
সখ্য, দাস্য,—দুই ভাব সহজ তাঁহার ।
কভু প্রভু করেন তাঁরে গুরু–ব্যবহার ॥ ২৯৯ ॥
sakhya, dāsya, — dui bhāva sahaja tāṅhāra
kabhu prabhu karena tāṅre guru-vyavahāra

Synonyms

sakhyafraternity; dāsyaservitude; duitwo; bhāvaecstasies; sahajanatural; tāṅhāraHis; kabhusometimes; prabhuLord Caitanya; karenadoes; tāṅreto Him; guruof spiritual master; vyavahāratreatment.

Translation

His natural emotions were always on the platform of fraternity and servitude, but the Lord sometimes treated Him as His spiritual master.
শ্রীবাসাদি যত মহাপ্রভুর ভক্তগণ ।
নিজ নিজ ভাবে করেন চৈতন্য–সেবন ॥ ৩০০ ॥
śrīvāsādi yata mahāprabhura bhakta-gaṇa
nija nija bhāve karena caitanya-sevana

Synonyms

śrīvāsa-ādiheaded by Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura; yataall; mahāprabhuraof Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakta-gaṇadevotees; nija nijain their own respective; bhāveemotions; karenado; caitanya-sevanaservice to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, headed by Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, have their own emotional humors in which they render service unto Him.
পণ্ডিত–গোসাঞি আদি যাঁর যেই রস ।
সেই সেই রসে প্রভু হন তাঁর বশ ॥ ৩০১ ॥
paṇḍita-gosāñi ādi yāṅra yei rasa
sei sei rase prabhu hana tāṅra vaśa

Synonyms

paṇḍita-gosāñiGadādhara Paṇḍita; ādiheaded by; yāṅrawhose; yeiwhatever; rasatranscendental mellow; sei seithat respective; raseby the mellow; prabhuthe Lord; hanais; tāṅrahis; vaśaunder control.

Translation

Personal associates like Gadādhara, Svarūpa Dāmodara, Rāmānanda Rāya, and the six Gosvāmīs (headed by Rūpa Gosvāmī) are all situated in their respective transcendental humors. Thus the Lord submits to various positions in various transcendental mellows.

Purport

In verses 296 through 301 the emotional devoted service of Śrī Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita Prabhu and others has been fully described. Describing such individual service, the Gaura-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā (11-16) declares that although Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu appeared as a devotee, He is none other than the son of Nanda Mahārāja. Similarly, although Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu appeared as Lord Caitanya’s assistant, He is none other than Baladeva, the carrier of the plow. Advaita Ācārya is the incarnation of Sadāśiva from the spiritual world. All the devotees headed by Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura are His marginal energy, whereas the devotees headed by Gadādhara Paṇḍita are manifestations of His internal potency.
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Advaita Prabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu all belong to the viṣṇu-tattva category. Because Lord Caitanya is an ocean of mercy, He is addressed as mahāprabhu, whereas Nityānanda and Advaita, being two great personalities who assist Lord Caitanya, are addressed as prabhu. Thus there are two prabhus and one mahāprabhu. Gadādhara Gosvāmī is a representative of a perfect brāhmaṇa spiritual master. Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura represents a perfect brāhmaṇa devotee. These five are known as the Pañca-tattva.
তিহঁ শ্যাম,—বংশীমুখ, গোপবিলাসী ।
ইহঁ গৌর—কভু দ্বিজ, কভু ত’ সন্ন্যাসী ॥ ৩০২ ॥
tihaṅ śyāma, — vaṁśī-mukha, gopa-vilāsī
ihaṅ gaura — kabhu dvija, kabhu ta’ sannyāsī

Synonyms

tihaṅin kṛṣṇa-līlā; śyāmablackish color; vaṁśī-mukhaa flute in the mouth; gopa-vilāsīan enjoyer as a cowherd boy; ihaṅnow; gaurafair complexion; kabhusometimes; dvijabrāhmaṇa; kabhusometimes; ta’certainly; sannyāsīin the renounced order of life.

Translation

In kṛṣṇa-līlā the Lord’s complexion is blackish. Holding a flute to His mouth, He enjoys as a cowherd boy. Now the selfsame person has appeared with a fair complexion, sometimes acting as a brāhmaṇa and sometimes accepting the renounced order of life.
অতএব আপনে প্রভু গোপীভাব ধরি’ ।
ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দনে কহে ‘প্রাণনাথ’ করি’ ॥ ৩০৩ ॥
ataeva āpane prabhu gopī-bhāva dhari’
vrajendra-nandane kahe ‘prāṇa-nātha’ kari’

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; āpanepersonally; prabhuthe Lord; gopī-bhāvathe ecstasy of the gopīs; dhari’accepting; vrajendra-nandanethe son of Nanda Mahārāja; kaheaddresses; prāṇa-nāthaO Lord of My life (husband); kari’accepting.

Translation

Therefore the Lord Himself, accepting the emotional ecstasy of the gopīs, now addresses the son of Nanda Mahārāja, “O master of My life! O My dear husband!”
সেই কৃষ্ণ, সেই গোপী,—পরম বিরোধ ।
অচিন্ত্য চরিত্র প্রভুর অতি সুদুর্বোধ ॥ ৩০৪ ॥
sei kṛṣṇa, sei gopī, — parama virodha
acintya caritra prabhura ati sudurbodha

Synonyms

sei kṛṣṇathat Kṛṣṇa; sei gopīthat gopī; parama virodhavery contradictory; acintyainconceivable; caritracharacter; prabhuraof the Lord; ativery; sudurbodhadifficult to understand.

Translation

He is Kṛṣṇa, yet He has accepted the mood of the gopīs. How is it so? It is the inconceivable character of the Lord, which is very difficult to understand.

Purport

Kṛṣṇa’s accepting the part of the gopīs is certainly contradictory according to any mundane calculations, but the Lord, by His inconceivable character, may act like the gopīs and feel separation from Kṛṣṇa, although He is Kṛṣṇa Himself. Such a contradiction can be reconciled only in the Supreme Personality of Godhead because He has energy that is inconceivable (acintya), which can make possible that which is impossible to do (aghaṭa-ghaṭana-patīyasī). Such contradictions are very difficult to understand unless a devotee strictly follows the Vaiṣṇava philosophy under the direction of the Gosvāmīs. Therefore Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī ends every chapter with this verse:
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa
“Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.”
In a song by Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura it is stated:
rūpa-raghunātha-pade ha-ibe ākuti
kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala-pīriti
The conjugal love between Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, which is called yugala-pīriti, is not understandable by mundane scholars, artists or poets. It is simply to be understood by devotees who strictly follow in the footsteps of the six Gosvāmīs. Sometimes so-called artists and poets try to understand the love affairs of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, and they publish cheap books of poetry and pictures on the subject. Unfortunately, however, they do not understand the transcendental affairs of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa even to the smallest degree. They are simply meddling in a matter in which they are not fit even to enter.
ইথে তর্ক করি’ কেহ না কর সংশয় ।
কৃষ্ণের অচিন্ত্যশক্তি এই মত হয় ॥ ৩০৫ ॥
ithe tarka kari’ keha nā kara saṁśaya
kṛṣṇera acintya-śakti ei mata haya

Synonyms

ithein this matter; tarka kari’making arguments; kehasomeone; do not; karamake; saṁśayadoubts; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; acintya-śaktiinconceivable potency; eithis; matathe verdict; hayais.

Translation

One cannot understand the contradictions in Lord Caitanya’s character by putting forward mundane logic and arguments. Consequently one should not maintain doubts in this connection. One should simply try to understand the inconceivable energy of Kṛṣṇa; otherwise one cannot understand how such contradictions are possible.
অচিন্ত্য, অদ্ভুত কৃষ্ণচৈতন্য–বিহার ।
চিত্র ভাব, চিত্র গুণ, চিত্র ব্যবহার ॥ ৩০৬ ॥
acintya, adbhuta kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vihāra
citra bhāva, citra guṇa, citra vyavahāra

Synonyms

acintyainconceivable; adbhutawonderful; kṛṣṇa-caitanyaof Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vihārapastimes; citrawonderful; bhāvaecstasy; citrawonderful; guṇaqualities; citrawonderful; vyavahārabehavior.

Translation

The pastimes of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu are inconceivable and wonderful. His ecstasy is wonderful, His qualities are wonderful, and His behavior is wonderful.
তর্কে ইহা নাহি মানে যেই দুরাচার ।
কুম্ভীপাকে পচে, তার নাহিক নিস্তার ॥ ৩০৭ ॥
tarke ihā nāhi māne yei durācāra
kumbhīpāke pace, tāra nāhika nistāra

Synonyms

tarkeby arguments; ihāthis; nāhinot; māneaccepts; yeianyone who; durācāradebauchee; kumbhī-pākein the boiling oil of hell; paceboils; tārahis; nāhikathere is not; nistāradeliverance.

Translation

If one simply adheres to mundane arguments and therefore does not accept this, he will boil in the hell of Kumbhīpāka. For him there is no deliverance.

Purport

Kumbhīpāka, a type of hellish condition, is described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.26.13), wherein it is said that a person who cooks living birds and beasts to satisfy his tongue is brought before Yamarāja after death and punished in the Kumbhīpāka hell. There he is put into boiling oil called kumbhī-pāka, from which there is no deliverance. Kumbhīpāka is meant for persons who are unnecessarily envious. Those who are envious of the activities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are punished in that hellish condition.
অচিন্ত্যাঃ খলু যে ভাবা ন তাংস্তর্কেণ যোজয়েৎ ।
প্রকৃতিভ্যঃ পরং যচ্চ তদচিন্ত্যস্য লক্ষণম্‌ ॥ ৩০৮ ॥
acintyāḥ khalu ye bhāvā
na tāṁs tarkeṇa yojayet
prakṛtibhyaḥ paraṁ yac ca
tad acintyasya lakṣaṇam

Synonyms

acintyāḥinconceivable; khalucertainly; yethose; bhāvāḥsubject matters; nanot; tānthem; tarkeṇaby argument; yojayetone may understand; prakṛtibhyaḥto material nature; paramtranscendental; yatthat which; caand; tatthat; acintyasyaof the inconceivable; lakṣaṇama symptom.

Translation

“Anything transcendental to material nature is called inconceivable, whereas arguments are all mundane. Since mundane arguments cannot touch transcendental subject matters, one should not try to understand transcendental subjects through mundane arguments.”

Purport

This verse from the Mahābhārata (Bhīṣma-parva 5.22) is also quoted in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.93), by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
অদ্ভুত চৈতন্যলীলায় যাহার বিশ্বাস ।
সেই জন যায় চৈতন্যের পদ পাশ ॥ ৩০৯ ॥
adbhuta caitanya-līlāya yāhāra viśvāsa
sei jana yāya caitanyera pada pāśa

Synonyms

adbhutawonderful; caitanya-līlāyain the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yāhāraanyone whose; viśvāsafaith; seithat; janaperson; yāyamakes progress; caitanyeraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; padathe lotus feet; pāśanear.

Translation

Only a person who has firm faith in the wonderful pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu can approach His lotus feet.
প্রসঙ্গে কহিল এই সিদ্ধান্তের সার ।
ইহা যেই শুনে, শুদ্ধভক্তি হয় তার ॥ ৩১০ ॥
prasaṅge kahila ei siddhāntera sāra
ihā yei śune, śuddha-bhakti haya tāra

Synonyms

prasaṅgein the course of discussion; kahilait was said; eithis; siddhānteraof the conclusion; sārathe essence; ihāthis; yeianyone who; śunehears; śuddha-bhaktiunalloyed devotional service; hayabecomes; tārahis.

Translation

In this discourse I have explained the essence of the devotional conclusion. Anyone who hears this develops unalloyed devotional service to the Lord.
লিখিত গ্রন্থের যদি করি অনুবাদ ।
তবে সে গ্রন্থের অর্থ পাইয়ে আস্বাদ ॥ ৩১১ ॥
likhita granthera yadi kari anuvāda
tabe se granthera artha pāiye āsvāda

Synonyms

likhitawritten; grantheraof the scripture; yadiif; kariI do; anuvādarepetition; tabethen; se grantheraof that scripture; arthathe meaning; pāiyeI can get; āsvādataste.

Translation

If I repeat what is already written, I may thus relish the purport of this scripture.
দেখি গ্রন্থে ভাগবতে ব্যাসের আচার ।
কথা কহি’ অনুবাদ করে বার বার ॥ ৩১২ ॥
dekhi granthe bhāgavate vyāsera ācāra
kathā kahi’ anuvāda kare vāra vāra

Synonyms

dekhiI see; granthein the scripture; bhāgavatein Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; vyāseraof Śrīla Vyāsadeva; ācārabehavior; kathānarration; kahi’describing; anuvādarepetition; karehe does; vāra vāraagain and again.

Translation

We can see in the scripture Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the conduct of its author, Śrī Vyāsadeva. After speaking the narration, he repeats it again and again.

Purport

At the end of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, in the Twelfth Canto, the twelfth chapter contains forty-three verses in which Śrī Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana Vedavyāsa recapitulates Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam’s entire subject matter. Śrī Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī wants to follow in the footsteps of Śrī Vyāsadeva by recapitulating the seventeen chapters of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta’s Ādi-līlā.
তাতে আদি–লীলার করি পরিচ্ছেদ গণন ।
প্রথম পরিচ্ছেদে কৈলুঁ ‘মঙ্গলাচরণ’ ॥ ৩১৩ ॥
tāte ādi-līlāra kari pariccheda gaṇana
prathama paricchede kailuṅ ‘maṅgalācaraṇa’

Synonyms

tātetherefore; ādi-līlāraof the First Canto, known as Ādi-līlā; kariI do; paricchedachapter; gaṇanaenumeration; prathama paricchedein the first chapter; kailuṅI have done; maṅgalaācaraṇainvocation of auspiciousness.

Translation

Therefore I shall enumerate the chapters of the Ādi-līlā. In the first chapter I offer obeisances to the spiritual master, for this is the beginning of auspicious writing.
দ্বিতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে ‘চৈতন্যতত্ত্ব–নিরূপণ’ ।
স্বয়ং ভগবান্ যেই ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ৩১৪ ॥
dvitīya paricchede ‘caitanya-tattva-nirūpaṇa’
svayaṁ bhagavān yei vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

dvitīya paricchedein the second chapter; caitanya-tattva-nirūpaṇadescription of the truth of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; yeiwho; vrajendra-nandanathe son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

The second chapter explains the truth of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda.
তেঁহো ত’ চৈতন্য–কৃষ্ণ—শচীর নন্দন।
তৃতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে জন্মের ‘সামান্য’ কারণ ॥ ৩১৫ ॥
teṅho ta’ caitanya-kṛṣṇa — śacīra nandana
tṛtīya paricchede janmera ‘sāmānya’ kāraṇa

Synonyms

teṅhoHe; ta’certainly; caitanya-kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa with the name of Śrī Caitanya; śacīra nandanathe son of Śacīmātā; tṛtīya paricchedein the third chapter; janmeraof His birth; sāmānyageneral; kāraṇareason.

Translation

Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa Himself, has now appeared as the son of mother Śacī. The third chapter describes the general cause of His appearance.
তহিঁ মধ্যে প্রেমদান—‘বিশেষ’ কারণ ।
যুগধর্ম—কৃষ্ণনাম–প্রেম–প্রচারণ ॥ ৩১৬ ॥
tahiṅ madhye prema-dāna — ‘viśeṣa’ kāraṇa
yuga-dharma — kṛṣṇa-nāma-prema-pracāraṇa

Synonyms

tahiṅ madhyein that chapter; prema-dānadistribution of love of Godhead; viśeṣaspecific; kāraṇareason; yuga-dharmathe religion of the millennium; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; premalove of Godhead; pracāraṇapropagating.

Translation

The third chapter specifically describes the distribution of love of Godhead. It also describes the religion of the age, which is simply to distribute the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa and propagate the process of loving Him.
চতুর্থে কহিলুঁ জন্মের ‘মূল’ প্রয়োজন ।
স্বমাধুর্য–প্রেমানন্দরস–আস্বাদন ॥ ৩১৭ ॥
caturthe kahiluṅ janmera ‘mūla’ prayojana
sva-mādhurya-premānanda-rasa-āsvādana

Synonyms

caturthein the fourth chapter; kahiluṅI have described; janmeraof His birth; mūlathe real; prayojananecessity; svamādhuryaHis own transcendental sweetness; prema-ānandaof ecstatic joy from love; rasathe mellows; āsvādanatasting.

Translation

The fourth chapter describes the main reason for His appearance, which is to taste the mellows of His own transcendental loving service and His own sweetness.
পঞ্চমে ‘শ্রীনিত্যানন্দ’–তত্ত্ব নিরূপণ ।
নিত্যানন্দ হৈলা রাম রোহিণীনন্দন ॥ ৩১৮ ॥
pañcame ‘śrī-nityānanda’-tattva nirūpaṇa
nityānanda hailā rāma rohiṇī-nandana

Synonyms

pañcamein the fifth chapter; śrī-nityānandaof Lord Nityānanda Prabhu; tattvathe truth; nirūpaṇadescription; nityānandaLord Nityānanda Prabhu; hailāwas; rāmaBalarāma; rohiṇī-nandanathe son of Rohiṇī.

Translation

The fifth chapter describes the truth of Lord Nityānanda Prabhu, who is none other than Balarāma, the son of Rohiṇī.
যষ্ঠ পরিচ্ছেদে ‘অদ্বৈত–তত্ত্বে’র বিচার ।
অদ্বৈত–আচার্য—মহাবিষ্ণু–অবতার ॥ ৩১৯ ॥
ṣaṣṭha paricchede ‘advaita-tattve’ra vicāra
advaita-ācārya — mahā-viṣṇu-avatāra

Synonyms

ṣaṣṭha paricchedein the sixth chapter; advaitaof Advaita Ācārya; tattveraof the truth; vicāraconsideration; advaita-ācāryaAdvaita Prabhu; mahā-viṣṇu-avatāraincarnation of Mahā-Viṣṇu.

Translation

The sixth chapter considers the truth of Advaita Ācārya. He is an incarnation of Mahā-Viṣṇu.
সপ্তম পরিচ্ছেদে ‘পঞ্চতত্ত্বে’র আখ্যান ।
পঞ্চতত্ত্ব মিলি’ যৈছে কৈলা প্রেমদান ॥ ৩২০ ॥
saptama paricchede ‘pañca-tattve’ra ākhyāna
pañca-tattva mili’ yaiche kailā prema-dāna

Synonyms

saptama paricchedein the seventh chapter; pañca-tattveraof the five tattvas (truths); ākhyānathe elaboration; pañca-tattvathe five tattvas; mili’combining together; yaichein what way; kailādid; prema-dānadistribution of love of Godhead.

Translation

The seventh chapter describes the Pañca-tattva — Śrī Caitanya, Prabhu Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara and Śrīvāsa. They all combined together to distribute love of Godhead everywhere.
অষ্টমে ‘চৈতন্যলীলা–বর্ণন’–কারণ ।
এক কৃষ্ণনামের মহা–মহিমা–কথন ॥ ৩২১ ॥
aṣṭame ‘caitanya-līlā-varṇana’-kāraṇa
eka kṛṣṇa-nāmera mahā-mahimā-kathana

Synonyms

aṣṭamein the eighth chapter; caitanya-līlā-varṇana-kāraṇathe reason for describing Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes; ekaone; kṛṣṇa-nāmeraof the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; mahā-mahimākathanadescription of great glories.

Translation

The eighth chapter gives the reason for describing Lord Caitanya’s pastimes. It also describes the greatness of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s holy name.
নবমেতে ‘ভক্তিকল্পবৃক্ষের বর্ণন’ ।
শ্রীচৈতন্য–মালী কৈলা বৃক্ষ আরোপণ ॥ ৩২২ ॥
navamete ‘bhakti-kalpa-vṛkṣera varṇana’
śrī-caitanya-mālī kailā vṛkṣa āropaṇa

Synonyms

navametein the ninth chapter; bhakti-kalpa-vṛkṣeraof the desire tree of devotional service; varṇanathe description; śrī-caitanya-mālīŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu as the gardener; kailādid; vṛkṣathe tree; āropaṇaimplantation.

Translation

The ninth chapter describes the desire tree of devotional service. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself is the gardener who planted it.
দশমেতে মূল–স্কন্ধের ‘শাখাদি–গণন’ ।
সর্বশাখাগণের যৈছে ফল–বিতরণ ॥ ৩২৩ ॥
daśamete mūla-skandhera ‘śākhādi-gaṇana’
sarva-śākhā-gaṇera yaiche phala-vitaraṇa

Synonyms

daśametein the tenth chapter; mūla-skandheraof the main trunk; śākhā-ādiof the branches, etc.; gaṇanaenumeration; sarva-śākhā-gaṇeraof all branches; yaichein what way; phala-vitaraṇadistribution of the fruits.

Translation

The tenth chapter describes the branches and subbranches of the main trunk and the distribution of their fruits.
একাদশে ‘নিত্যানন্দশাখা–বিবরণ’ ।
দ্বাদশে ‘অদ্বৈতস্কন্ধ শাখার বর্ণন’ ॥ ৩২৪ ॥
ekādaśe ‘nityānanda-śākhā-vivaraṇa’
dvādaśe ‘advaita-skandha śākhāra varṇana’

Synonyms

ekādaśein the eleventh chapter; nityānanda-śākhāof the branches of Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu; vivaraṇadescription; dvādaśein the twelfth chapter; advaita-skandhathe trunk known as Advaita Prabhu; śākhāraof the branch; varṇanadescription.

Translation

The eleventh chapter describes the branch called Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu. The twelfth chapter describes the branch called Śrī Advaita Prabhu.
ত্রয়োদশে মহাপ্রভুর ‘জন্ম–বিবরণ’ ।
কৃষ্ণনাম–সহ যৈছে প্রভুর জনম ॥ ৩২৫ ॥
trayodaśe mahāprabhura ‘janma-vivaraṇa’
kṛṣṇa-nāma-saha yaiche prabhura janama

Synonyms

trayodaśein the thirteenth chapter; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; janmaof the birth; vivaraṇathe description; kṛṣṇa-nāma-sahaalong with the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; yaichein what way; prabhuraof the Lord; janamathe birth.

Translation

The thirteenth chapter describes the birth of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which took place with the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.
চতুর্দশে ‘বাল্যলীলা’র কিছু বিবরণ ।
পঞ্চদশে ‘পৌগণ্ডলীলা’র সংক্ষেপে কথন ॥ ৩২৬ ॥
caturdaśe ‘bālya-līlā’ra kichu vivaraṇa
pañcadaśe ‘paugaṇḍa-līlā’ra saṅkṣepe kathana

Synonyms

caturdaśein the fourteenth chapter; bālya-līlā’raof the Lord’s childhood pastimes; kichusome; vivaraṇadescription; pañcadaśein the fifteenth chapter; paugaṇḍa-līlā’raof the pastimes of the paugaṇḍa (boyhood) age; saṅkṣepein brief; kathanathe telling.

Translation

The fourteenth chapter gives some description of the Lord’s childhood pastimes. The fifteenth briefly describes the Lord’s boyhood pastimes.
ষোড়শ পরিচ্ছেদে ‘কৈশোরলীলা’র উদ্দেশ ।
সপ্তদশে ‘যৌবনলীলা’ কহিলুঁ বিশেষ ॥ ৩২৭ ॥
ṣoḍaśa paricchede ‘kaiśora-līlā’ra uddeśa
saptadaśe ‘yauvana-līlā’ kahiluṅ viśeṣa

Synonyms

ṣoḍaśasixteenth; paricchedein the chapter; kaiśora-līlāraof pastimes prior to youth; uddeśaindication; saptadaśein the seventeenth chapter; yauvana-līlāthe pastimes of youth; kahiluṅI have stated; viśeṣaspecifically.

Translation

In the sixteenth chapter I have indicated the pastimes of the kaiśora age [the age prior to youth]. In the seventeenth chapter I have specifically described His youthful pastimes.
এই সপ্তদশ প্রকার ‘আদি–লীলা’র প্রবন্ধ ।
দ্বাদশ প্রবন্ধ তাতে গ্রন্থ–মুখবন্ধ ॥ ৩২৮ ॥
ei saptadaśa prakāra ādi-līlāra prabandha
dvādaśa prabandha tāte grantha-mukhabandha

Synonyms

ei saptadaśathese seventeen; prakāravarieties; ādi-līlāraof the Ādi-līlā (first canto); prabandhasubject matter; dvādaśatwelve; prabandhasubject matters; tāteamong those; granthaof the book; mukha-bandhaprefaces.

Translation

Thus there are seventeen varieties of subjects in the first canto, which is known as the Ādi-līlā. Twelve of these constitute the preface of this scripture.
পঞ্চপ্রবন্ধে পঞ্চরসের চরিত ।
সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ অতি,—না কৈলুঁ বিস্তৃত ॥ ৩২৯ ॥
pañca-prabandhe pañca-rasera carita
saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ ati, — nā kailuṅ vistṛta

Synonyms

pañca-prabandhein five chapters; pañca-raseraof five transcendental mellows; caritathe character; saṅkṣepein brief; kahiluṅI stated; atigreatly; kailuṅI did not make; vistṛtaexpanded.

Translation

After the chapters of the preface, I have described five transcendental mellows in five chapters. I have described them very briefly rather than expansively.
বৃন্দাবনদাস ইহা ‘চৈতন্যমঙ্গলে’ ।
বিস্তারি’ বর্ণিলা নিত্যানন্দ–আজ্ঞা–বলে ॥ ৩৩০ ॥
vṛndāvana-dāsa ihā ‘caitanya-maṅgale’
vistāri’ varṇilā nityānanda-ājñā-bale

Synonyms

vṛndāvana-dāsaṬhākura Vṛndāvana dāsa; ihāthis; caitanya-maṅgalein his book Caitanya-maṅgala; vistāri’expanding; varṇilādescribed; nityānandaof Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu; ājñāof the order; baleon the strength.

Translation

By the order and strength of Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu, Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has elaborately described in his Caitanya-maṅgala all that I have not.
শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্যলীলা—অদ্ভুত, অনন্ত ।
ব্রহ্মা–শিব–শেষ যাঁর নাহি পায় অন্ত ॥ ৩৩১ ॥
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-līlā — adbhuta, ananta
brahmā-śiva-śeṣa yāṅra nāhi pāya anta

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-līlāthe pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; adbhutawonderful; anantaunlimited; brahmāLord Brahmā; śivaLord Śiva; śeṣaLord Śeṣa Nāga; yāṅraof which; nāhinot; pāyaget; antaend.

Translation

The pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are wonderful and unlimited. Even personalities like Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Śeṣa Nāga cannot find their end.
যে যেই অংশ কহে, শুনে সেই ধন্য ।
অচিরে মিলিবে তারে শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য ॥ ৩৩২ ॥
ye yei aṁśa kahe, śune sei dhanya
acire milibe tāre śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya

Synonyms

ye yei aṁśaany part of this; kaheanyone who describes; śuneanyone who hears; seithat person; dhanyaglorious; acirevery soon; milibewill meet; tāreHim; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Anyone who describes or hears any part of this elaborate subject will very soon receive the causeless mercy of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য, অদ্বৈত, নিত্যানন্দ ।
শ্রীবাস–গদাধরাদি যত ভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ৩৩৩ ॥
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, advaita, nityānanda
śrīvāsa-gadādharādi yata bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; advaitaAdvaita Ācārya Prabhu; nityānandaNityānanda Prabhu; śrīvāsaŚrīvāsa Ṭhākura; gadādhara-ādiand others like Gadādhara; yataall; bhakta-vṛndaall devotees.

Translation

[Herein the author again describes the Pañca-tattva.] Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, Prabhu Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara, Śrīvāsa and all the devotees of Lord Caitanya.
যত যত ভক্তগণ বৈসে বৃন্দাবনে ।
নম্র হঞা শিরে ধরোঁ সবার চরণে ॥ ৩৩৪ ॥
yata yata bhakta-gaṇa vaise vṛndāvane
namra hañā śire dharoṅ sabāra caraṇe

Synonyms

yata yataeach and every one; bhakta-gaṇadevotees; vaisereside; vṛndāvaneat Vṛndāvana; namra hañābecoming humble; śireon my head; dharoṅI place; sabāraof all; caraṇethe lotus feet.

Translation

I offer my respectful obeisances to all the residents of Vṛndāvana. I wish to place their lotus feet on my head in great humbleness.
শ্রীস্বরূপ–শ্রীরূপ–শ্রীসনাতন ।
শ্রীরঘুনাথদাস, আর শ্রীজীব–চরণ ॥ ৩৩৫ ॥
শিরে ধরি বন্দোঁ, নিত্য করোঁ তাঁর আশ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৩৩৬ ॥
śrī-svarūpa-śrī-rūpa-śrī-sanātana
śrī-raghunātha-dāsa, āra śrī-jīva-caraṇa
śire dhari vandoṅ, nitya karoṅ tāṅra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-svarūpaŚrī Svarūpa Dāmodara; śrī-rūpaŚrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; śrī-sanātanaŚrī Sanātana Gosvāmī; śrī-raghunātha-dāsaŚrī Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; āraand; śrī-jīva-caraṇathe lotus feet of Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī; śireon the head; dhariplacing; vandoṅI worship; nityaalways; karoṅI do; tāṅratheir; āśahope to serve; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe book named Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahedescribes; kṛṣṇadāsaŚrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

I wish to place the lotus feet of the Gosvāmīs on my head. Their names are Śrī Svarūpa Dāmodara, Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī and Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī. Placing their lotus feet on my head, always hoping to serve them, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Ādi-līlā, seventeenth chapter, describing the pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu in His youth.
END OF THE ĀDI-LĪLĀ